0000036146 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member us-gaap:CarryingReportedAmountFairValueDisclosureMember 2021-03-31

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 000-03683

Trustmark Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Mississippi

64-0471500

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi

39201

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

(601) 208-5111

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, no par value

TRMK

Nasdaq Global Select Market

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

As of April 30, 2021, there were 63,402,452 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (no par value).


Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “seek,” “continue,” “could,” “would,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning.  You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements.  You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Trustmark’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.  Furthermore, many of these risks and uncertainties are currently amplified by and may continue to be amplified by or may, in the future, be amplified by, the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, and also by the effectiveness of varying governmental responses in ameliorating the impact of the pandemic on our customers and the economies where they operate.

Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, an increase in unemployment levels and slowdowns in economic growth, our ability to manage the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our markets and our customers, as well as the effectiveness of actions of federal, state and local governments and agencies (including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB)) to mitigate its spread and economic impact, local, state and national economic and market conditions, conditions in the housing and real estate markets in the regions in which Trustmark operates and the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets, levels of and volatility in crude oil prices, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, including the potential impact of issues related to the European financial system and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address credit, securities, and/or commodity markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations or enforcement practices or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, changes in our ability to control expenses, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, cyber-attacks and other breaches which could affect our information system security, natural disasters, environmental disasters,  pandemics or other health crises, acts of war or terrorism, and other risks described in our filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct.  Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.


PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in thousands)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

1,774,541

 

 

$

1,952,504

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost: $2,327,434-2021

   $1,959,773-2020; allowance for credit losses: $0)

 

 

2,337,676

 

 

 

1,991,815

 

Securities held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses of $0

   (fair value: $515,296-2021; $563,115-2020)

 

 

493,738

 

 

 

538,072

 

Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans

 

 

679,725

 

 

 

610,134

 

Loans held for sale (LHFS)

 

 

412,999

 

 

 

446,951

 

Loans held for investment (LHFI)

 

 

9,983,704

 

 

 

9,824,524

 

Less allowance for credit losses (ACL), LHFI

 

 

109,191

 

 

 

117,306

 

Net LHFI

 

 

9,874,513

 

 

 

9,707,218

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

199,098

 

 

 

194,278

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

83,035

 

 

 

66,464

 

Goodwill

 

 

384,237

 

 

 

385,270

 

Identifiable intangible assets, net

 

 

6,724

 

 

 

7,390

 

Other real estate, net

 

 

10,651

 

 

 

11,651

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

33,704

 

 

 

30,901

 

Other assets

 

 

587,672

 

 

 

609,142

 

Total Assets

 

$

16,878,313

 

 

$

16,551,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

4,705,991

 

 

$

4,349,010

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

9,677,449

 

 

 

9,699,754

 

Total deposits

 

 

14,383,440

 

 

 

14,048,764

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

160,991

 

 

 

164,519

 

Other borrowings

 

 

145,994

 

 

 

168,252

 

Subordinated notes

 

 

122,877

 

 

 

122,921

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

61,856

 

ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures

 

 

29,205

 

 

 

38,572

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

35,389

 

 

 

32,290

 

Other liabilities

 

 

178,856

 

 

 

173,549

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

15,118,608

 

 

 

14,810,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized:  250,000,000 shares

Issued and outstanding:  63,394,522 shares - 2021; 63,424,526 shares - 2020

 

 

13,209

 

 

 

13,215

 

Capital surplus

 

 

229,892

 

 

 

233,120

 

Retained earnings

 

 

1,533,110

 

 

 

1,495,833

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(16,506

)

 

 

(1,051

)

Total Shareholders' Equity

 

 

1,759,705

 

 

 

1,741,117

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

16,878,313

 

 

$

16,551,840

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

($ in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on LHFS & LHFI

 

$

90,561

 

 

$

106,345

 

Interest and fees on PPP loans

 

 

9,241

 

 

 

 

Interest on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

8,938

 

 

 

12,948

 

Tax exempt

 

 

229

 

 

 

361

 

Other interest income

 

 

503

 

 

 

740

 

Total Interest Income

 

 

109,472

 

 

 

120,394

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

 

5,223

 

 

 

14,957

 

Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

56

 

 

 

625

 

Other interest expense

 

 

1,857

 

 

 

860

 

Total Interest Expense

 

 

7,136

 

 

 

16,442

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

102,336

 

 

 

103,952

 

Provision for credit losses (PCL)

 

 

(10,501

)

 

 

20,581

 

Net Interest Income After PCL

 

 

112,837

 

 

 

83,371

 

Noninterest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

7,356

 

 

 

10,032

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

9,472

 

 

 

5,355

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

20,804

 

 

 

27,483

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

12,445

 

 

 

11,550

 

Wealth management

 

 

8,416

 

 

 

8,537

 

Other, net

 

 

2,090

 

 

 

2,307

 

Total Noninterest Income

 

 

60,583

 

 

 

65,264

 

Noninterest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

71,162

 

 

 

69,148

 

Services and fees

 

 

22,484

 

 

 

19,930

 

Net occupancy - premises

 

 

6,795

 

 

 

6,286

 

Equipment expense

 

 

6,244

 

 

 

5,616

 

Other real estate expense, net

 

 

324

 

 

 

1,294

 

Credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures

 

 

(9,367

)

 

 

6,783

 

Other expense

 

 

14,539

 

 

 

14,753

 

Total Noninterest Expense

 

 

112,181

 

 

 

123,810

 

Income Before Income Taxes

 

 

61,239

 

 

 

24,825

 

Income taxes

 

 

9,277

 

 

 

2,607

 

Net Income

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

22,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.82

 

 

$

0.35

 

Diluted

 

$

0.82

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

22,218

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities and

   transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the

   period

 

 

(16,350

)

 

 

30,380

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities

   transferred to held to maturity

 

 

533

 

 

 

646

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments for changes realized in net

   income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

21

 

 

 

28

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlement

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

341

 

 

 

244

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(15,455

)

 

 

31,298

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

36,507

 

 

$

53,516

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

($ in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

Retained

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

Surplus

 

 

Earnings

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance, January 1, 2021

 

 

63,424,526

 

 

$

13,215

 

 

$

233,120

 

 

$

1,495,833

 

 

$

(1,051

)

 

$

1,741,117

 

Net income per consolidated statements

   of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,962

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,455

)

 

 

(15,455

)

Common stock dividends paid ($0.23 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,685

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,685

)

Shares withheld to pay taxes, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

114,977

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

(1,254

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,230

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(144,981

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(4,155

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,185

)

Compensation expense, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,181

 

Balance, March 31, 2021

 

 

63,394,522

 

 

$

13,209

 

 

$

229,892

 

 

$

1,533,110

 

 

$

(16,506

)

 

$

1,759,705

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.



Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (continued)

($ in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

Retained

 

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Amount

 

 

Surplus

 

 

Earnings

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance, January 1, 2020

 

 

64,200,111

 

 

$

13,376

 

 

$

256,400

 

 

$

1,414,526

 

 

$

(23,600

)

 

$

1,660,702

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,949

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19,949

)

Net income per consolidated statements

   of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,218

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,298

 

 

 

31,298

 

Common stock dividends paid ($0.23 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,706

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,706

)

Shares withheld to pay taxes, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

83,759

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(1,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,020

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(886,958

)

 

 

(184

)

 

 

(27,354

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,538

)

Compensation expense, long-term

   incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,394

 

Balance, March 31, 2020

 

 

63,396,912

 

 

$

13,209

 

 

$

229,403

 

 

$

1,402,089

 

 

$

7,698

 

 

$

1,652,399

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

22,218

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit loss expense, net

 

 

(19,868

)

 

 

27,364

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

11,126

 

 

 

8,996

 

Net amortization of securities

 

 

5,430

 

 

 

1,918

 

Gains on sales of loans, net

 

 

(25,796

)

 

 

(7,085

)

Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan

 

 

2,181

 

 

 

1,394

 

Deferred income tax provision

 

 

9,000

 

 

 

(11,600

)

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

 

685,151

 

 

 

324,167

 

Purchases and originations of loans held for sale

 

 

(643,175

)

 

 

(416,687

)

Originations of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(7,978

)

 

 

(3,649

)

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(1,216

)

 

 

(1,292

)

Net change in other assets

 

 

21,070

 

 

 

(49,822

)

Net change in other liabilities

 

 

9,096

 

 

 

(204

)

Other operating activities, net

 

 

(13,640

)

 

 

25,119

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

83,343

 

 

 

(79,163

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities held to maturity

 

 

44,688

 

 

 

34,459

 

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of securities available for sale

 

 

217,783

 

 

 

86,129

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

 

(590,517

)

 

 

(278,691

)

Net proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

1,818

 

 

 

280

 

Net change in federal funds sold and securities purchased

   under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

50

 

 

 

(2,000

)

Net change in member bank stock

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(107

)

Net change in LHFI and PPP loans

 

 

(226,385

)

 

 

(162,097

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(8,152

)

 

 

(4,154

)

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

 

909

 

 

 

3,671

 

Purchases of software

 

 

(818

)

 

 

(1,805

)

Investments in tax credit and other partnerships

 

 

(7,149

)

 

 

(141

)

Purchase of insurance book of business

 

 

0

 

 

 

(3,097

)

Net cash from investing activities

 

 

(567,776

)

 

 

(327,553

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in deposits

 

 

334,676

 

 

 

330,207

 

Net change in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

(3,528

)

 

 

165,801

 

Net change in short-term borrowings

 

 

(4,220

)

 

 

(127

)

Payments on long-term FHLB advances

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(17

)

Payments under finance lease obligations

 

 

(354

)

 

 

(459

)

Common stock dividends

 

 

(14,685

)

 

 

(14,706

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(4,185

)

 

 

(27,538

)

Shares withheld to pay taxes, long-term incentive plan

 

 

(1,230

)

 

 

(1,020

)

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

306,470

 

 

 

452,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(177,963

)

 

 

45,425

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

1,952,504

 

 

 

358,916

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

1,774,541

 

 

$

404,341

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through 181 offices at March 31, 2021 in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.  

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (2020 Annual Report).

Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.  In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting periods and the related disclosures.  Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2021 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect Trustmark’s financial condition and results of operations.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19) Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19, the disease caused by the novel coronavirus, a pandemic as a result of the global spread of the coronavirus illness.  The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect economic activity globally, nationally and locally.  In response to the pandemic, federal and state authorities in the United States introduced various measures to try to limit or slow the spread of the virus, including travel restrictions, nonessential business closures, stay-at-home orders, and strict social distancing.  The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown and rapidly evolving.  It has caused substantial disruption in international and U.S. economies, markets, and employment.  The COVID-19 pandemic may continue to have a significant adverse impact on certain industries Trustmark serves, including restaurants and food services, hotels, retail and energy.  

Because of the significant uncertainties related to the ultimate duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its potential effects on customers and prospects, and on the national and local economy as a whole, there can be no assurances as to how the crisis may ultimately affect Trustmark’s loan portfolio.  It is unknown how long the adverse conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic will last and what the complete financial effect will be to Trustmark.  It is reasonably possible that estimates made in the financial statements could be materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of these conditions, including expected credit losses on loans and off-balance sheet credit exposures.  See Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI for information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on Trustmark’s loan portfolio.

Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) Loans

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act), a stimulus package intended to provide relief to businesses and consumers in the United States struggling as a result of the pandemic, was signed into law. A provision in the CARES Act included an initial $349 billion fund for the creation of the PPP through the Small Business Administration (SBA) and Treasury Department.  The PPP is intended to provide loans to small businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and self-employed individuals to pay their employees, rent, mortgage interest and utilities.  PPP loans are forgivable, in whole or in part, if the proceeds are used for payroll and other permitted purposes in accordance with the requirements of the PPP.  If not forgiven, in whole or in part, these loans carry a fixed rate of 1.00% per annum with payments deferred until the date the SBA remits the borrower’s loan forgiveness amount to the lender (or, if the borrower does not apply for loan forgiveness, ten months after the end of the borrower’s loan forgiveness covered period).  Originally, the loans carried a term of two years under SBA


rules implementing the CARES Act, but a June 5, 2020 amendment to the CARES Act provided for a five-year minimum loan term for loans made beginning as of such date, and permitted lenders and borrowers to mutually agree to amend existing two-year loans to have terms of five years.  The loans are 100% guaranteed by the SBA.  Subsequent legislation, including as noted below, has allocated additional funding to the PPP. The SBA pays the originating bank a processing fee ranging from 1.0% to 5.0%, based on the size of the loan. From April to August 2020, Trustmark accepted PPP applications and originated loans to qualified small businesses and other borrowers under this program. The SBA stopped accepting applications for PPP loans on August 8, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, enacted on December 27, 2020, extended some of the relief provisions in certain respects of the CARES Act, appropriated additional funding to the PPP and permitted certain PPP borrowers to make “second draw” loans. The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, enacted on March 11, 2021, expanded the eligibility criteria for both first and second draw PPP loans and revised the exclusions from payroll costs for purposes of loan forgiveness. The PPP Extension Act of 2021, enacted on March 30, 2021, extended the PPP through May 31, 2021.

In January 2021, Trustmark resumed submitting applications to the SBA on behalf of and originating loans to qualified small businesses and other borrowers under the CARES Act, as amended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. During the first quarter of 2021, Trustmark originated 4,774 PPP loans totaling $301.5 million (net of $16.5 million of deferred fees and costs).  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had 7,456 PPP loans outstanding that totaled $679.7 million (net of $22.1 million of deferred fees and costs).  

Due to the amount and nature of the PPP loans, these loans are not included in the LHFI portfolio and are presented separately in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The PPP loans are fully guaranteed by the SBA; therefore, no ACL was estimated for these loans.


Note 2 – Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

The following tables are a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

March 31, 2021

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

17,778

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

(477

)

 

$

17,349

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

5,182

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

5,798

 

 

 

26,554

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

26,703

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

51,065

 

 

 

1,344

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

52,406

 

 

 

7,268

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

7,617

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

1,748,044

 

 

 

16,068

 

 

 

(14,968

)

 

 

1,749,144

 

 

 

61,855

 

 

 

1,941

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

63,796

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

337,616

 

 

 

8,283

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

345,869

 

 

 

324,360

 

 

 

17,162

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

341,476

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

167,749

 

 

 

903

 

 

 

(1,542

)

 

 

167,110

 

 

 

73,701

 

 

 

2,003

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

75,704

 

Total

 

$

2,327,434

 

 

$

27,262

 

 

$

(17,020

)

 

$

2,337,676

 

 

$

493,738

 

 

$

21,613

 

 

$

(55

)

 

$

515,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

18,378

 

 

$

144

 

 

$

(481

)

 

$

18,041

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

5,198

 

 

 

637

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

5,835

 

 

 

26,584

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

26,839

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

55,193

 

 

 

1,672

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

56,862

 

 

 

7,598

 

 

 

382

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

7,980

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

1,421,861

 

 

 

20,768

 

 

 

(1,308

)

 

 

1,441,321

 

 

 

67,944

 

 

 

2,397

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

70,341

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

409,883

 

 

 

9,600

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

419,437

 

 

 

360,361

 

 

 

19,678

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

379,984

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

49,260

 

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

50,319

 

 

 

75,585

 

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

77,971

 

Total

 

$

1,959,773

 

 

$

33,889

 

 

$

(1,847

)

 

$

1,991,815

 

 

$

538,072

 

 

$

25,101

 

 

$

(58

)

 

$

563,115

 

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million ($28.8 million, net of tax).  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At March 31, 2021, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying balance sheet totaled approximately $8.2 million ($6.2 million, net of tax) compared to approximately $8.9 million ($6.7 million, net of tax) at December 31, 2020.


ACL on Securities

Securities Available for Sale

Quarterly, Trustmark evaluates if any security has a fair value less than its amortized cost.  Once these securities are identified, in order to determine whether a decline in fair value resulted from a credit loss or other factors, Trustmark performs further analysis.  If Trustmark determines that a credit loss exists, the credit portion of the allowance is measured using a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis using the effective interest rate as of the security’s purchase date. The amount of credit loss Trustmark records will be limited to the amount by which the amortized cost exceeds the fair value.  The DCF analysis utilizes contractual maturities, as well as third-party credit ratings and cumulative default rates published annually by Moody’s Investor Service (Moody’s).

At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the results of the analysis did not identify any securities that violate the credit loss triggers; therefore, no DCF analysis was performed and 0 credit loss was recognized on any of the securities available for sale.  

Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of credit losses for securities available for sale.  At March 31, 2021, accrued interest receivable totaled $4.2 million for securities available for sale compared to $4.0 million at December 31, 2020 and was reported in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Securities Held to Maturity

At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the potential credit loss exposure was $26.6 million and consisted of municipal securities.  After applying appropriate probability of default and loss given default assumptions, the total amount of current expected credit losses was deemed immaterial.  Therefore, 0 reserve was recorded at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  

Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of credit losses for securities held to maturity.  At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, accrued interest receivable totaled $1.2 million for securities held to maturity and was reported in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Trustmark had 0 securities held to maturity that were past due 30 days or more as to principal or interest payments.  Trustmark had 0 securities held to maturity classified as nonaccrual at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  

Trustmark monitors the credit quality of securities held to maturity on a monthly basis through credit ratings.  The following table presents the amortized cost of Trustmark’s securities held to maturity by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Aaa

 

$

467,185

 

 

$

511,488

 

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

8,950

 

 

 

22,528

 

Not Rated (1)

 

 

17,603

 

 

 

4,056

 

Total

 

$

493,738

 

 

$

538,072

 

(1) Not rated securities primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations.


The tables below include securities with gross unrealized losses for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded and segregated by length of impairment at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

March 31, 2021

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

1,462

 

 

$

(10

)

 

$

10,986

 

 

$

(467

)

 

$

12,448

 

 

$

(477

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

5,009

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

667

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

5,676

 

 

 

(9

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

1,120

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,120

 

 

 

(3

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

1,128,087

 

 

 

(14,968

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,128,087

 

 

 

(14,968

)

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

21,995

 

 

 

(76

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

21,995

 

 

 

(76

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

65,692

 

 

 

(1,533

)

 

 

654

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

66,346

 

 

 

(1,542

)

Total

 

$

1,223,365

 

 

$

(16,596

)

 

$

12,307

 

 

$

(479

)

 

$

1,235,672

 

 

$

(17,075

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

11,167

 

 

$

(481

)

 

$

11,167

 

 

$

(481

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

667

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

667

 

 

 

(3

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

(3

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

324,905

 

 

 

(1,308

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

324,905

 

 

 

(1,308

)

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

29,398

 

 

 

(101

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

29,398

 

 

 

(101

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

659

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

659

 

 

 

(9

)

Total

 

$

355,939

 

 

$

(1,412

)

 

$

12,493

 

 

$

(493

)

 

$

368,432

 

 

$

(1,905

)

The unrealized losses shown above are due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality.  Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity.

Security Gains and Losses

During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no gross realized gains or losses as a result of calls and dispositions of securities.  Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as security gains (losses), net.

Securities Pledged

Securities with a carrying value of $1.859 billion and $1.964 billion at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and securities sold under repurchase agreements and for other purposes as permitted by law.  At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, NaN of these securities were pledged under the Federal Reserve Discount Window program to provide additional contingency funding capacity.  


Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2021, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands).  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

 

 

Securities

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

1,479

 

 

$

1,507

 

 

$

19,212

 

 

$

19,275

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

1,554

 

 

 

7,342

 

 

 

7,428

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

1,967

 

 

 

1,928

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Due after ten years

 

 

18,004

 

 

 

18,158

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

22,960

 

 

 

23,147

 

 

 

26,554

 

 

 

26,703

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,304,474

 

 

 

2,314,529

 

 

 

467,184

 

 

 

488,593

 

Total

 

$

2,327,434

 

 

$

2,337,676

 

 

$

493,738

 

 

$

515,296

 

Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

542,902

 

 

$

514,056

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

509,732

 

 

 

524,732

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,799,195

 

 

 

2,709,026

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

1,135,005

 

 

 

1,065,964

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

799,186

 

 

 

794,983

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,233,050

 

 

 

1,216,400

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,323,277

 

 

 

1,309,078

 

Consumer loans

 

 

155,356

 

 

 

164,386

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,036,694

 

 

 

1,000,776

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

449,307

 

 

 

525,123

 

LHFI

 

 

9,983,704

 

 

 

9,824,524

 

Less ACL

 

 

109,191

 

 

 

117,306

 

Net LHFI

 

$

9,874,513

 

 

$

9,707,218

 

Accrued interest receivable is not included in the amortized cost basis of Trustmark’s LHFI.  At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, accrued interest receivable for LHFI totaled $32.8 million and $33.0 million, respectively, with no related ACL and was reported in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Loan Concentrations

Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark’s geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its 5 key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

Nonaccrual and Past Due LHFI

No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on nonaccrual LHFI for each of the periods ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.


The following tables provide the amortized cost basis of loans on nonaccrual status and loans past due 90 days or more still accruing interest at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Nonaccrual With No ACL

 

 

Total Nonaccrual

 

 

Loans Past Due 90 Days or More Still Accruing

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

5,885

 

 

$

6,109

 

 

$

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,629

 

 

 

3,964

 

 

 

7

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

12,617

 

 

 

15,695

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

58

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

15,036

 

 

 

2,368

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

12,776

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

218

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

3,914

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

 

 

 

5,766

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

21,365

 

 

$

63,514

 

 

$

2,593

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Nonaccrual With No ACL

 

 

Total Nonaccrual

 

 

Loans Past Due 90 Days or More Still Accruing

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

5,756

 

 

$

5,985

 

 

$

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,895

 

 

 

4,487

 

 

 

79

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

12,037

 

 

 

15,197

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

60

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

11,807

 

 

 

1,257

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

12,665

 

 

 

15,618

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

240

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

3,970

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

 

 

 

5,793

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

32,413

 

 

$

63,128

 

 

$

1,576

 

The following tables provide an aging analysis of the amortized cost basis of past due LHFI at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More

 

 

Total Past Due

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

679

 

 

$

76

 

 

$

5,718

 

 

$

6,473

 

 

$

536,429

 

 

$

542,902

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,385

 

 

 

1,144

 

 

 

754

 

 

 

3,283

 

 

 

506,449

 

 

 

509,732

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,145

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

1,015

 

 

 

2,184

 

 

 

2,797,011

 

 

 

2,799,195

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

1,134,781

 

 

 

1,135,005

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

799,186

 

 

 

799,186

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,929

 

 

 

1,720

 

 

 

8,457

 

 

 

12,106

 

 

 

1,220,944

 

 

 

1,233,050

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,681

 

 

 

3,068

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

6,574

 

 

 

1,316,703

 

 

 

1,323,277

 

Consumer loans

 

 

825

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

1,134

 

 

 

154,222

 

 

 

155,356

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

1,036,430

 

 

 

1,036,694

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

133

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

5,311

 

 

 

5,512

 

 

 

443,795

 

 

 

449,307

 

Total

 

$

7,963

 

 

$

6,191

 

 

$

23,600

 

 

$

37,754

 

 

$

9,945,950

 

 

$

9,983,704

 


 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More

 

 

Total Past Due

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

339

 

 

$

34

 

 

$

161

 

 

$

534

 

 

$

513,522

 

 

$

514,056

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,505

 

 

 

523

 

 

 

896

 

 

 

2,924

 

 

 

521,808

 

 

 

524,732

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

920

 

 

 

 

 

 

972

 

 

 

1,892

 

 

 

2,707,134

 

 

 

2,709,026

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

103

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

1,065,653

 

 

 

1,065,964

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

794,983

 

 

 

794,983

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

3,291

 

 

 

1,289

 

 

 

5,110

 

 

 

9,690

 

 

 

1,206,710

 

 

 

1,216,400

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

271

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

1,543

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

1,307,068

 

 

 

1,309,078

 

Consumer loans

 

 

926

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

1,356

 

 

 

163,030

 

 

 

164,386

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

1,000,482

 

 

 

1,000,776

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

2,143

 

 

 

2,971

 

 

 

346

 

 

 

5,460

 

 

 

519,663

 

 

 

525,123

 

Total

 

$

9,615

 

 

$

5,304

 

 

$

9,552

 

 

$

24,471

 

 

$

9,800,053

 

 

$

9,824,524

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)

A TDR occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider.  Whatever the form of concession that might be granted by Trustmark, Management’s objective is to enhance collectability by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it.  Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law.  In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.

At March 31, 2021 and 2020, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $22.9 million and $26.5 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2021, TDRs were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time and payment concessions which totaled $17.3 million.  At March 31, 2020, TDRs were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time and credits renewed at a rate that was not commensurate with that of new debt with similar risk which totaled $18.3 million.  The remaining TDRs at March 31, 2021 and 2020 resulted from bankruptcies or from payment or maturity extensions.  Trustmark had 0 unused commitments on TDRs at March 31, 2021 compared to $10.7 million of unused commitments on TDRs at March 31, 2020.  

At March 31, 2021, TDRs had a related ACL of $7.5 million, compared to $210 thousand at March 31, 2020.  Trustmark had 0 charge-offs on TDRs for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020.

The following table illustrates the impact of modifications classified as TDRs for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

2

 

 

$

126

 

 

$

126

 

 

 

5

 

 

$

501

 

 

$

501

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

1,582

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

Total

 

 

3

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

 

 

11

 

 

$

2,103

 

 

$

2,103

 


The table below includes the balances at default for TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

3

 

 

$

156

 

 

 

3

 

 

$

446

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

194

 

Total

 

 

4

 

 

$

295

 

 

 

6

 

 

$

640

 

Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest-only for an extended period of time and credits renewed at a rate that was not commensurate with that of new debt with similar risk rather than from forgiveness.  Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure.  Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.

The following tables detail LHFI classified as TDRs by loan class at March 31, 2021 and 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

0

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

11

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

42

 

 

 

3,644

 

 

 

3,686

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

0

 

 

 

3,846

 

 

 

3,846

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

10,073

 

 

 

11,573

 

Consumer loans

 

 

0

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

0

 

 

 

3,737

 

 

 

3,737

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

0

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

81

 

Total TDRs

 

$

1,542

 

 

$

21,407

 

 

$

22,949

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

0

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

14

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

0

 

 

 

3,672

 

 

 

3,672

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,899

 

 

 

2,899

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

2,640

 

 

 

17,103

 

 

 

19,743

 

Consumer loans

 

 

17

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

40

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

0

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

125

 

Total TDRs

 

$

2,657

 

 

$

23,836

 

 

$

26,493

 

The CARES Act, as amended by subsequent legislation, specified that COVID-19 related modifications executed between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of either (i) 60 days after the date of termination of the national emergency declared by the President or (ii) January 1, 2022, on loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 were not TDRs.  Additionally, under guidance from the federal banking agencies, other short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers that were current prior to any relief are not TDRs under ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors.” These modifications include short-term (e.g., up to six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant.  Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented.  Commercial concessions were primarily either interest only for 90 days or full payment deferrals for 90 days.  Consumer concessions were 90-day full payment deferrals.  At March 31, 2021, the balance of loans remaining under some type of COVID-19 related concession totaled $28.1 million compared to $34.2 million at December 31, 2020.


Collateral-Dependent Loans

The following table presents the amortized cost basis of collateral-dependent loans by class of loans and collateral type as of March 31, 2021 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

Equipment and

Machinery

 

 

Inventory and Receivables

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land

 

$

5,885

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,885

 

Other secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

216

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

12,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,617

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,413

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

44

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

2,322

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

8,401

 

 

 

10,983

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

3,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,914

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

601

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,051

 

 

 

5,610

 

Total

 

$

24,748

 

 

$

115

 

 

$

4,280

 

 

$

101

 

 

$

11,452

 

 

$

40,696

 

A loan is collateral dependent when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially through the sale of the collateral.  The following provides a qualitative description by class of loan of the collateral that secures Trustmark’s collateral-dependent LHFI:

Loans secured by real estate – Loans within these loan classes are secured by liens on real estate properties. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

Other loans secured by real estate – Loans within these loan classes are secured by liens on real estate properties. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

Commercial and industrial loans – Loans within this loan class are primarily secured by inventory, accounts receivables, equipment and other non-real estate collateral. During the first quarter of 2021, the collateral that secures one loan relationship experienced a decline in fair value.  There have been no other significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

State and other political subdivision loans – Loans within this loan class are secured by liens on real estate properties. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

Other commercial loans - Loans within this loan class are secured by liens on real estate properties or priority status of a Uniform Commercial Code agreement for non-real estate collateral. There have been no significant changes to the collateral that secures these financial assets during the period.

Credit Quality Indicators

Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio credit quality indicators focus on 6 key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances.  The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses.  Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are primarily composed of commercial loans.


In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indicators, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified.  As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio segment as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, underwriting, collateral documentation and compliance with law as shown below:

Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content and completeness and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits.  Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to ensure compliance with policy.

Underwriting – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within loan policy requirements.  A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled.  Total policy exceptions measure the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a portfolio segment.

Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and substantiate collateral value.  Collateral exceptions measure the level of documentation exceptions within a portfolio segment.  Collateral exceptions occur when certain collateral documentation is either not present or not current.

Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations.  Primary emphasis is directed to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Regulation O requirements and regulations governing appraisals.

Commercial Credits

Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades.  Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:

Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to criticism as defined in regulatory guidance.  Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan.  In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.

Other Assets Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating.  This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.

Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined.  This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at the time of evaluation or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness.  Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.

Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment.  Generally, these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit.  The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.

Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.

By definition, credit risk grades special mention (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans.  These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution.  The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.

To enhance this process, Trustmark has determined that loans will be individually assessed, and a formal analysis will be performed and based upon the analysis the loan will be written down to net realizable value.  Trustmark will individually assess and remove loans from the pool in the following circumstances:

Commercial nonaccrual loans with total exposure of $500 thousand (excluding those portions of the debt that are government guaranteed or are secured by Trustmark deposits or marketable securities) or more.  


Any loan that is believed to not share similar risk characteristics with the rest of the pool will be individually assessed.  Otherwise, the loan will be left within the pool based on the results of the assessment.

Commercial accruing loans deemed to be a TDR with total exposure of $500 thousand (excluding those portions of the debt that are government guaranteed or are secured by Trustmark deposits or marketable securities) or more.  If the loan is believed to not share similar risk characteristics with the rest of the loan pool, the loan will be individually assessed.  Otherwise, the loan will be left within the pool and monitored on an ongoing basis.

Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis.  Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of Trustmark’s commercial loan portfolio both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan class as well as the adherence to Trustmark’s loan policy and the loan administration process.

In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs a review of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual.  This review includes recommendations regarding risk ratings, accrual status, charge-offs and appropriate servicing officer as well as evaluation of problem credits for determination of TDRs.  Quarterly, the Credit Quality Review Committee reviews and modifies continuous action plans for all credits risk rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more.

In addition, periodic reviews of significant development, commercial construction, multi-family and nonowner-occupied projects are performed.  These reviews assess each particular project with respect to location, project valuations, progress of completion, leasing status, current financial information, rents, operating expenses, cash flow, adherence to budget and projections and other information as applicable.  Summary results are reviewed by Senior and Regional Credit Officers in addition to the Chief Credit Officer with a determination made as to the appropriateness of existing risk ratings and accrual status.

Consumer Credits

Consumer LHFI that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management.  The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score to ensure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans. 

Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer LHFI on a daily basis through its collection activities.  A detailed assessment of consumer LHFI delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting. 


The tables below present the amortized cost basis of loans by credit quality indicator and class of loans based on analyses performed at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2021

 

Commercial LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

100,508

 

 

$

238,877

 

 

$

49,940

 

 

$

22,200

 

 

$

2,204

 

 

$

5,961

 

 

$

25,907

 

 

$

445,597

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

5,151

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

4,502

 

 

 

1,146

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,091

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Total

 

 

105,659

 

 

 

239,045

 

 

 

54,442

 

 

 

23,346

 

 

 

2,216

 

 

 

6,115

 

 

 

25,907

 

 

 

456,730

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

10,814

 

 

$

32,767

 

 

$

17,563

 

 

$

13,996

 

 

$

8,222

 

 

$

11,582

 

 

$

5,982

 

 

$

100,926

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

130

 

 

 

933

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

691

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,737

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Total

 

 

10,944

 

 

 

33,975

 

 

 

17,571

 

 

 

14,692

 

 

 

8,550

 

 

 

12,273

 

 

 

5,982

 

 

 

103,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

136,053

 

 

$

661,490

 

 

$

541,511

 

 

$

483,464

 

 

$

266,124

 

 

$

452,175

 

 

$

89,019

 

 

$

2,629,836

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

10,557

 

 

 

12,149

 

 

 

1,326

 

 

 

1,697

 

 

 

4,678

 

 

 

24,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,249

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

11,691

 

 

 

6,688

 

 

 

24,079

 

 

 

4,503

 

 

 

3,145

 

 

 

62,512

 

 

 

764

 

 

 

113,382

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

 

 

 

718

 

Total

 

 

158,351

 

 

 

680,327

 

 

 

567,072

 

 

 

489,664

 

 

 

273,947

 

 

 

540,041

 

 

 

89,783

 

 

 

2,799,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

94,481

 

 

$

92,208

 

 

$

436,162

 

 

$

365,387

 

 

$

33,631

 

 

$

80,300

 

 

$

12,529

 

 

$

1,114,698

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

 

 

 

825

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

8,758

 

 

 

10,105

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,075

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

103,239

 

 

 

102,313

 

 

 

436,176

 

 

 

365,405

 

 

 

33,631

 

 

 

81,305

 

 

 

12,529

 

 

 

1,134,598

 


 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2021

 

Commercial LHFI

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

91,578

 

 

$

305,897

 

 

$

360,277

 

 

$

28,411

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,851

 

 

$

9,176

 

 

$

798,190

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

996

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

91,578

 

 

 

306,893

 

 

 

360,277

 

 

 

28,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,851

 

 

 

9,176

 

 

 

799,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

185,654

 

 

$

322,347

 

 

$

146,801

 

 

$

64,024

 

 

$

64,540

 

 

$

93,115

 

 

$

376,945

 

 

$

1,253,426

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

789

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

4,406

 

 

 

11,622

 

 

 

1,891

 

 

 

9,055

 

 

 

3,632

 

 

 

3,423

 

 

 

34,662

 

 

 

68,691

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

2

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

371

 

Total

 

 

190,062

 

 

 

334,904

 

 

 

148,762

 

 

 

73,197

 

 

 

68,172

 

 

 

96,573

 

 

 

411,607

 

 

 

1,323,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision

   loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

66,925

 

 

$

215,718

 

 

$

84,495

 

 

$

39,564

 

 

$

112,486

 

 

$

507,878

 

 

$

1,338

 

 

$

1,028,404

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,018

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

4,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,272

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

66,925

 

 

 

215,718

 

 

 

84,495

 

 

 

39,564

 

 

 

112,686

 

 

 

515,968

 

 

 

1,338

 

 

 

1,036,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

29,029

 

 

$

80,676

 

 

$

70,698

 

 

$

18,808

 

 

$

10,339

 

 

$

56,084

 

 

$

151,115

 

 

$

416,749

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

7,417

 

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

663

 

 

 

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

21,856

 

 

 

32,534

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Total

 

 

29,030

 

 

 

88,093

 

 

 

72,792

 

 

 

19,471

 

 

 

10,339

 

 

 

56,611

 

 

 

172,971

 

 

 

449,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial LHFI

 

$

755,788

 

 

$

2,001,268

 

 

$

1,741,587

 

 

$

1,053,750

 

 

$

509,541

 

 

$

1,311,737

 

 

$

729,293

 

 

$

8,102,964

 


 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2021

 

Consumer LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

7,514

 

 

$

47,747

 

 

$

17,777

 

 

$

6,904

 

 

$

1,924

 

 

$

3,677

 

 

$

 

 

$

85,543

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

532

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

Total

 

 

7,514

 

 

 

48,098

 

 

 

17,777

 

 

 

6,923

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

3,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

5,564

 

 

$

19,368

 

 

$

8,340

 

 

$

10,773

 

 

$

4,054

 

 

$

11,890

 

 

$

340,945

 

 

$

400,934

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

491

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

1,567

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

2

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

2,325

 

 

 

3,237

 

Total

 

 

5,566

 

 

 

19,489

 

 

 

8,863

 

 

 

10,786

 

 

 

4,475

 

 

 

12,745

 

 

 

343,821

 

 

 

405,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

 

 

$

10

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

259

 

 

$

 

 

$

407

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

407

 



 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of March 31, 2021

 

Consumer LHFI

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

131,515

 

 

$

278,826

 

 

$

186,350

 

 

$

153,008

 

 

$

82,211

 

 

$

380,460

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,212,370

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

2,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,278

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

354

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

1,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,367

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

645

 

 

 

1,746

 

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

1,062

 

 

 

9,005

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,035

 

Total

 

 

131,515

 

 

 

279,995

 

 

 

188,280

 

 

 

156,083

 

 

 

83,774

 

 

 

393,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,233,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

20,081

 

 

$

49,428

 

 

$

19,813

 

 

$

10,330

 

 

$

3,010

 

 

$

1,219

 

 

$

50,283

 

 

$

154,164

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

168

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

903

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

219

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

70

 

Total

 

 

20,271

 

 

 

49,749

 

 

 

19,918

 

 

 

10,398

 

 

 

3,028

 

 

 

1,231

 

 

 

50,761

 

 

 

155,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consumer LHFI

 

$

164,866

 

 

$

397,435

 

 

$

234,838

 

 

$

184,199

 

 

$

93,315

 

 

$

411,505

 

 

$

394,582

 

 

$

1,880,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total LHFI

 

$

920,654

 

 

$

2,398,703

 

 

$

1,976,425

 

 

$

1,237,949

 

 

$

602,856

 

 

$

1,723,242

 

 

$

1,123,875

 

 

$

9,983,704

 


 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

Commercial LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

287,218

 

 

$

62,078

 

 

$

26,401

 

 

$

4,487

 

 

$

3,274

 

 

$

3,564

 

 

$

28,548

 

 

$

415,570

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

5,419

 

 

 

4,363

 

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

494

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

11,637

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Total

 

 

292,637

 

 

 

66,441

 

 

 

27,627

 

 

 

4,499

 

 

 

3,768

 

 

 

3,628

 

 

 

28,649

 

 

 

427,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

35,139

 

 

$

19,596

 

 

$

15,399

 

 

$

9,605

 

 

$

10,273

 

 

$

4,786

 

 

$

8,486

 

 

$

103,284

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

255

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

305

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

914

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

3,950

 

 

 

7,007

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

Total

 

 

36,578

 

 

 

19,604

 

 

 

16,363

 

 

 

9,946

 

 

 

10,575

 

 

 

5,123

 

 

 

12,436

 

 

 

110,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

697,439

 

 

$

496,476

 

 

$

442,264

 

 

$

293,072

 

 

$

254,747

 

 

$

251,219

 

 

$

96,098

 

 

$

2,531,315

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

13,452

 

 

 

6,139

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

4,466

 

 

 

4,957

 

 

 

20,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,515

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

19,119

 

 

 

20,572

 

 

 

4,516

 

 

 

12,956

 

 

 

38,956

 

 

 

25,438

 

 

 

2,779

 

 

 

124,336

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

52

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

306

 

 

 

 

 

 

738

 

Total

 

 

730,062

 

 

 

523,350

 

 

 

449,736

 

 

 

310,494

 

 

 

298,877

 

 

 

297,508

 

 

 

98,877

 

 

 

2,708,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

146,803

 

 

$

376,765

 

 

$

347,472

 

 

$

48,626

 

 

$

89,824

 

 

$

23,680

 

 

$

12,116

 

 

$

1,045,286

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

 

 

 

841

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

18,649

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

556

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,359

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

165,452

 

 

 

376,779

 

 

 

347,490

 

 

 

48,626

 

 

 

90,380

 

 

 

24,643

 

 

 

12,116

 

 

 

1,065,486

 


 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

Commercial LHFI

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

262,544

 

 

$

425,936

 

 

$

81,476

 

 

$

14,074

 

 

$

2,464

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,735

 

 

$

794,229

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

754

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

263,298

 

 

 

425,936

 

 

 

81,476

 

 

 

14,074

 

 

 

2,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,735

 

 

 

794,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

444,304

 

 

$

165,163

 

 

$

77,611

 

 

$

77,985

 

 

$

59,131

 

 

$

43,214

 

 

$

372,486

 

 

$

1,239,894

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

677

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

962

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

12,090

 

 

 

1,814

 

 

 

9,737

 

 

 

3,735

 

 

 

2,160

 

 

 

5,024

 

 

 

33,380

 

 

 

67,940

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

151

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

282

 

Total

 

 

457,222

 

 

 

167,117

 

 

 

87,348

 

 

 

81,720

 

 

 

61,323

 

 

 

48,242

 

 

 

406,106

 

 

 

1,309,078

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

250,363

 

 

$

79,595

 

 

$

41,334

 

 

$

113,817

 

 

$

132,634

 

 

$

372,831

 

 

$

1,446

 

 

$

992,020

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,018

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

247

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,738

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

250,363

 

 

 

79,595

 

 

 

41,334

 

 

 

114,064

 

 

 

132,634

 

 

 

381,340

 

 

 

1,446

 

 

 

1,000,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass - RR 1 through RR 6

 

$

101,230

 

 

$

70,990

 

 

$

20,769

 

 

$

9,723

 

 

$

33,481

 

 

$

30,715

 

 

$

225,533

 

 

$

492,441

 

Special Mention - RR 7

 

 

7,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

��

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,333

 

 

 

18,833

 

Substandard - RR 8

 

 

381

 

 

 

2,099

 

 

 

683

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

707

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,948

 

 

 

13,824

 

Doubtful - RR 9

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

Total

 

 

109,113

 

 

 

73,089

 

 

 

21,452

 

 

 

9,729

 

 

 

34,188

 

 

 

30,738

 

 

 

246,814

 

 

 

525,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial LHFI

 

$

2,304,725

 

 

$

1,731,911

 

 

$

1,072,826

 

 

$

593,152

 

 

$

634,209

 

 

$

791,222

 

 

$

814,179

 

 

$

7,942,224

 


 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

Consumer LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

47,336

 

 

$

24,174

 

 

$

8,496

 

 

$

2,036

 

 

$

1,447

 

 

$

2,868

 

 

$

 

 

$

86,357

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

Total

 

 

47,336

 

 

 

24,492

 

 

 

8,516

 

 

 

2,036

 

 

 

1,448

 

 

 

2,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

20,864

 

 

$

10,253

 

 

$

12,037

 

 

$

4,177

 

 

$

2,082

 

 

$

11,124

 

 

$

348,830

 

 

$

409,367

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

93

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

1,058

 

 

 

1,309

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

52

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

6

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

428

 

 

 

 

 

 

382

 

 

 

2,398

 

 

 

3,379

 

Total

 

 

20,963

 

 

 

10,309

 

 

 

12,158

 

 

 

4,618

 

 

 

2,082

 

 

 

11,669

 

 

 

352,308

 

 

 

414,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

109

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

 

 

$

122

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate secured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

107

 

 

$

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

37

 

 

$

96

 

 

$

200

 

 

$

 

 

$

478

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

478

 


 

 

Term Loans by Origination Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Prior

 

 

Revolving Loans

 

 

Total

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

Consumer LHFI

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

289,521

 

 

$

214,056

 

 

$

173,324

 

 

$

92,564

 

 

$

109,031

 

 

$

321,250

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,199,746

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

499

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

753

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

1,080

 

 

 

799

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,590

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

159

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

 

 

 

549

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,257

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

283

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

2,024

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

7,868

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,807

 

Total

 

 

290,462

 

 

 

215,074

 

 

 

176,309

 

 

 

93,739

 

 

 

110,350

 

 

 

330,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,216,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

65,370

 

 

$

25,303

 

 

$

13,140

 

 

$

3,893

 

 

$

1,257

 

 

$

345

 

 

$

53,669

 

 

$

162,977

 

Past due 30-89 days

 

 

524

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

305

 

 

 

1,083

 

Past due 90 days or more

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

240

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

12

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

Total

 

 

65,983

 

 

 

25,465

 

 

 

13,266

 

 

 

3,925

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

54,133

 

 

 

164,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consumer LHFI

 

$

424,960

 

 

$

275,340

 

 

$

210,287

 

 

$

104,359

 

 

$

115,242

 

 

$

345,671

 

 

$

406,441

 

 

$

1,882,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total LHFI

 

$

2,729,685

 

 

$

2,007,251

 

 

$

1,283,113

 

 

$

697,511

 

 

$

749,451

 

 

$

1,136,893

 

 

$

1,220,620

 

 

$

9,824,524

 

Past Due LHFS

LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $109.6 million and $119.4 million at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).  GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer’s option and without GNMA’s prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100% of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2021 or 2020.

ACL on LHFI

Trustmark’s ACL methodology for LHFI is based upon guidance within the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Subtopic 326-20 as well as applicable regulatory guidance.  The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans.  Credit quality within the LHFI portfolio is continuously monitored by Management and is reflected within the ACL for loans.  The ACL is an estimate of expected losses inherent within Trustmark’s existing LHFI portfolio.  The ACL for LHFI is adjusted through the PCL and reduced by the charge off of loan amounts, net of recoveries.  

The methodology for estimating the amount of expected credit losses reported in the ACL has two basic components: a collective, or pooled, component for estimated expected credit losses for pools of loans that share similar risk characteristics, and an asset-specific component involving individual loans that do not share risk characteristics with other loans and the measurement of expected credit losses for such individual loans.  In estimating the allowance for credit losses for the collective component, loans are segregated into loan pools based on loan product types and similar risk characteristics.


The loans secured by real estate and other loans secured by real estate portfolio segments include loans for both commercial and residential properties.  The underwriting process for these loans includes analysis of the financial position and strength of both the borrower and guarantor, experience with similar projects in the past, market demand and prospects for successful completion of the proposed project within the established budget and schedule, values of underlying collateral, availability of permanent financing, maximum loan-to-value ratios, minimum equity requirements, acceptable amortization periods and minimum debt service coverage requirements, based on property type.  The borrower’s financial strength and capacity to repay their obligations remain the primary focus of underwriting.  Financial strength is evaluated based upon analytical tools that consider historical and projected cash flows and performance in addition to analysis of the proposed project for income-producing properties.  Additional support offered by guarantors is also considered.  Ultimate repayment of these loans is sensitive to interest rate changes, general economic conditions, liquidity and availability of long-term financing.

The commercial and industrial LHFI portfolio segment includes loans within Trustmark’s geographic markets made to many types of businesses for various purposes, such as short term working capital loans that are usually secured by accounts receivable and inventory and term financing for equipment and fixed asset purchases that are secured by those assets.  Trustmark’s credit underwriting process for commercial and industrial loans includes analysis of historical and projected cash flows and performance, evaluation of financial strength of both borrowers and guarantors as reflected in current and detailed financial information and evaluation of underlying collateral to support the credit.

The consumer LHFI portfolio segment is comprised of loans which are underwritten after evaluating a borrower’s repayment capacity, credit and collateral.  Several factors are considered when assessing a borrower’s capacity to repay the obligation, including the borrower’s employment, income, current debt and assets.  Credit is assessed using a credit report that provides credit scores and the borrower’s current and past information about their credit history.  Property appraisals are obtained to assist in evaluating collateral.  Loan-to-value and debt-to-income ratios, loan amount and lien position are also considered in assessing whether to originate a loan.  These borrowers are particularly susceptible to downturns in economic trends such as conditions that negatively affect housing prices and demand and levels of unemployment.

The state and other political subdivision LHFI and the other commercial LHFI portfolio segments primarily consist of loans to non-depository financial institutions, such as mortgage companies, finance companies and other financial intermediaries, loans to state and political subdivisions, and loans to non-profit and charitable organizations.  These loans are underwritten based on the specific nature or purpose of the loan and underlying collateral with special consideration given to the specific source of repayment for the loan.


The following table provides a description of each of Trustmark’s portfolio segments, loan classes, loan pools and the ACL methodology and loss drivers:

Portfolio Segment

Loan Class

Loan Pool

Methodology

Loss Drivers

Loans secured by real estate

Construction, land

   development and other land

1-4 family residential

   construction

DCF

Prime Rate, National GDP

Lots and development

DCF

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

Unimproved land

DCF

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

All other consumer

DCF

Southern Unemployment

Other secured by 1-4

   family residential

   properties

Consumer 1-4 family - 1st liens

DCF

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

All other consumer

DCF

Southern Unemployment

Nonresidential owner-occupied

DCF

Southern Unemployment, National GDP

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

Nonowner-occupied -

   hotel/motel

DCF

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

Nonowner-occupied - office

DCF

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

Nonowner-occupied- Retail

DCF

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

Nonowner-occupied - senior

   living/nursing homes

DCF

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

Nonowner-occupied -

   all other

DCF

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

Nonresidential owner-occupied

DCF

Southern Unemployment, National GDP

Other real estate secured

Nonresidential nonowner

   -occupied - apartments

DCF

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

Nonresidential owner-occupied

DCF

Southern Unemployment, National GDP

Nonowner-occupied -

   all other

DCF

Southern Vacancy Rate, Southern Unemployment

Other loans secured by

   real estate

Other construction

Other construction

WARM

Prime Rate, National Unemployment

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

Trustmark mortgage

WARM

Southern Unemployment

Commercial and

   industrial loans

Commercial and

   industrial loans

Commercial and industrial -

   non-working capital

DCF

Trustmark historical data

Commercial and industrial -

   working capital

DCF

Trustmark historical data

Credit cards

WARM

Trustmark call report data

Consumer loans

Consumer loans

Credit cards

WARM

Trustmark call report data

Overdrafts

Loss Rate

Trustmark historical data

All other consumer

DCF

Southern Unemployment

State and other political

   subdivision loans

State and other political

   subdivision loans

Obligations of state and

   political subdivisions

DCF

Moody's Bond Default Study

Other commercial loans

Other commercial loans

Other loans

DCF

Prime Rate, Southern Unemployment

Commercial and industrial -

   non-working capital

DCF

Trustmark historical data

Commercial and industrial -

   working capital

DCF

Trustmark historical data

In general, Trustmark utilizes a DCF method to estimate the quantitative portion of the allowance for credit losses for loan pools.  The DCF model consists of two key components, a loss driver analysis (LDA) and a cash flow analysis.  For loan pools utilizing the DCF methodology, multiple assumptions are in place, depending on the loan pool.  A reasonable and supportable forecast is utilized for each loan pool by developing a LDA for each loan class.  The LDA uses charge off data from Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) reports to construct a periodic default rate (PDR).  The PDR is decomposed into a probability of default (PD).  Regressions are run using the data for various macroeconomic variables in order to determine which ones correlate to


Trustmark’s losses.  These variables are then incorporated into the application to calculate a quarterly PD using a third-party baseline forecast.  In addition to the PD, a loss given default (LGD) is derived using a method referred to as Frye Jacobs.  The Frye Jacobs method is a mathematical formula that traces the relationship between LGD and PD over time and projects the LGD based on the levels of PD forecasts. This model approach is applicable to all pools within the construction, land development and other land, other secured by 1-4 family residential properties, secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties and other real estate secured loan classes as well as the all other consumer and other loans pools.

For the commercial and industrial loans related pools, Trustmark uses its own PD and LGD data, instead of the macroeconomic variables and the Frye Jacobs method described above, to calculate the PD and LGD as there were no defensible macroeconomic variables that correlated to Trustmark’s losses.  Trustmark utilizes a third-party Bond Default Study to derive the PD and LGD for the obligations of state and political subdivisions pool.  Due to the lack of losses within this pool, no defensible macroeconomic factors were identified to correlate.

The PD and LGD measures are used in conjunction with prepayment data as inputs into the DCF model to calculate the cash flows at the individual loan level.  Contractual cash flows based on loan terms are adjusted for PD, LGD and prepayments to derive loss cash flows.  These loss cash flows are discounted by the loan’s coupon rate to arrive at the discounted cash flow based quantitative loss.  The prepayment studies are updated quarterly by a third-party for each applicable pool.

An alternate method of estimating the ACL is used for certain loan pools due to specific characteristics of these loans.  For the non-DCF pools, specifically, those using the weighted average remaining maturity (WARM) method, the remaining life is incorporated into the ACL quantitative calculation.

Trustmark determined that reasonable and supportable forecasts could be made for a twelve-month period for all of its loan pools.  To the extent the lives of the loans in the LHFI portfolio extend beyond this forecast period, Trustmark uses a reversion period of four quarters and reverts to the historical mean on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the loans.  The econometric models currently in production reflect segment or pool level sensitivities of PD to changes in macroeconomic variables. By measuring the relationship between defaults and changes in the economy, the quantitative reserve incorporates reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions that will affect the value of its assets, as required by FASB ASC Topic 326. Under stable forecasts, these linear regressions will reasonably predict a pool’s PD.  However, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the macroeconomic variables used for reasonable and supportable forecasting have changed rapidly.  At the current levels, it is not clear that the models currently in production will produce reasonably representative results since the models were originally estimated using data beginning in 2004 through 2019.  During this period, a traditional, albeit severe, economic recession occurred.  Thus, econometric models are sensitive to similar future levels of PD.  

In order to prevent the econometric models from extrapolating beyond reasonable boundaries of their input variables, Trustmark chose to establish an upper and lower limit process when applying the periodic forecasts. In this way, Management will not rely upon unobserved and untested relationships in the setting of the quantitative reserve. This approach applies to all input variables, including: Southern Unemployment, National Unemployment, National GDP, Southern Vacancy Rate and the Prime Rate.  The upper and lower limits are based on the distribution of the macroeconomic variable by selecting extreme percentiles at the upper and lower limits of the distribution, the 1st and 99th percentiles, respectively.  These upper and lower limits are then used to calculate the PD for the forecast time period in which the forecasted values are outside of the upper and lower limit range.  For the current period, the forecast related to the macroeconomic variables used in the quantitative modeling process were positively impacted due to the updated forecast effects related to the COVID-19 pandemic, causing an overall decrease in quantitative reserve levels.  

Qualitative factors used in the ACL methodology include the following:

Lending policies and procedures

Economic conditions and concentrations of credit

Nature and volume of the portfolio

Performance trends

External factors

While all these factors are incorporated into the overall methodology, only three are currently considered active: (i) economic conditions and concentrations of credit, (ii) performance trends and (iii) external factors.

Two of Trustmark’s largest loan classes are the loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties and the loans secured by other real estate. Trustmark elected to create a qualitative factor specifically for these loan classes which addresses changes in the economic conditions of metropolitan areas and applies additional pool level reserves. This qualitative factor is based on third-party market data and forecast trends and is updated quarterly as information is available, by market and by loan pool.


For the performance trends factor, Trustmark uses migration analyses to allocate additional ACL to non-pass/delinquent loans within each pool. In this way, Management believes the ACL will directly reflect changes in risk, based on the performance of the loans within a pool, whether declining or improving.

The external factors qualitative factor is Management’s best judgement on the loan or pool level impact of all factors that affect the portfolio that are not accounted for using any other part of the ACL methodology (e.g., natural disasters, changes in legislation, impacts due to technology and pandemics).  During the third quarter of 2020, Trustmark activated the External Factor – Pandemic to ensure reserve adequacy for collectively evaluated loans most likely to be impacted by the unique economic and behavioral conditions created by the COVID-19 pandemic. Additional qualitative reserves are derived based on two principles. The first is the disconnect of economic factors to Trustmark’s modeled probability of default (derived from the econometric models underpinning the quantitative pooled reserves). During the pandemic, extraordinary measures by the federal government were made available to consumers and businesses, including COVID-19 loan payment concessions, direct transfer payments to households, tax deferrals, and reduced interest rates, among others. These government interventions may have extended the lag between economic conditions and default, relative to what was captured in the model development data. Because Trustmark’s econometric PD models rely on the observed relationship from the economic downturn from 2007 to 2009 in both timing and severity, Management does not expect the models to reflect these current conditions. For example, while the models would predict contemporaneous unemployment peaks and loan defaults, this may not occur when borrowers can request payment deferrals. Thus, for the affected population, economic conditions are not fully considered as a part of Trustmark’s quantitative reserve.  The second principle is the change in risk that is identified by rating changes. As a part of Trustmark’s credit review process, loans in the affected population have been given more frequent screening to ensure accurate ratings are maintained through this dynamic period. Trustmark’s quantitative reserve does not directly address changes in ratings, thus a migration qualitative factor was designed to work in concert with the quantitative reserve. In a downturn, the qualitative factor is inactive for most pools because changes in ratings are congruent with changes in macroeconomic conditions, which directly influence the PD models in the quantitative reserve.

As discussed above, the disconnect of economic factors means that changes in rating caused by deteriorating and weak economic conditions as a result of the pandemic are not being captured in the quantitative reserve.  During the fourth quarter of 2020, due to unforeseen pandemic conditions that varied from Management’s expectations during the third quarter of 2020, additional reserves were further dimensioned in order to appropriately reflect the risk within the portfolio related to the COVID-19 pandemic.  In an effort to ensure the External Factor-Pandemic qualitative factor is reasonable and supportable, historical Trustmark loss data was leveraged to construct a framework that is quantitative in nature.  To dimension the additional reserve, Management uses the sensitivity of the quantitative commercial loan reserve to changes in macroeconomic conditions to apply to loans rated acceptable or better (RR 1-4).  In addition, to account for the known changes in risk, a weighted average of the commercial loan portfolio loss rate, derived from the performance trends qualitative factor, is used to dimension additional reserves for downgraded credits.  Loans rated acceptable with risk (RR 5) or watch (RR 6) received the additional reserves based on the average of the macroeconomic conditions and weighted- average of the commercial loan portfolio loss rate while the loans rated special mention and substandard received additional reserves based on the weighted-average described above.

The following tables disaggregate the ACL and the amortized cost basis of the loans by the measurement methodology used at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

ACL

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

Individually Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Collectively Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Total ACL

 

 

Individually Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Collectively Evaluated for Credit Loss

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

5,058

 

 

$

5,058

 

 

$

5,885

 

 

 

537,017

 

 

$

542,902

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

8,667

 

 

 

8,667

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

509,516

 

 

 

509,732

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

46,438

 

 

 

46,438

 

 

 

12,617

 

 

 

2,786,578

 

 

 

2,799,195

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

5,770

 

 

 

5,770

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

1,134,947

 

 

 

1,135,005

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

5,124

 

 

 

5,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

799,186

 

 

 

799,186

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

3,753

 

 

 

3,753

 

 

 

1,413

 

 

 

1,231,637

 

 

 

1,233,050

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

5,721

 

 

 

14,445

 

 

 

20,166

 

 

 

10,983

 

 

 

1,312,294

 

 

 

1,323,277

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

4,750

 

 

 

4,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

155,356

 

 

 

155,356

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,644

 

 

 

1,371

 

 

 

3,015

 

 

 

3,914

 

 

 

1,032,780

 

 

 

1,036,694

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

4,356

 

 

 

6,450

 

 

 

5,610

 

 

 

443,697

 

 

 

449,307

 

Total

 

$

9,459

 

 

$

99,732

 

 

$

109,191

 

 

$

40,696

 

 

$

9,943,008

 

 

$

9,983,704

 


 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

ACL

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

Individually Evaluated

 

 

Collectively Evaluated

 

 

Total

 

 

Individually Evaluated

 

 

Collectively Evaluated

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

6,854

 

 

$

6,854

 

 

$

5,756

 

 

$

508,300

 

 

$

514,056

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

9,928

 

 

 

9,928

 

 

 

454

 

 

 

524,278

 

 

 

524,732

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

48,523

 

 

 

48,523

 

 

 

12,037

 

 

 

2,696,989

 

 

 

2,709,026

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

7,382

 

 

 

7,382

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

1,065,904

 

 

 

1,065,964

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

 

8,158

 

 

 

8,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

794,983

 

 

 

794,983

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

5,143

 

 

 

5,143

 

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

1,214,959

 

 

 

1,216,400

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

579

 

 

 

14,272

 

 

 

14,851

 

 

 

14,076

 

 

 

1,295,002

 

 

 

1,309,078

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

5,838

 

 

 

5,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

164,386

 

 

 

164,386

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

1,490

 

 

 

3,190

 

 

 

3,970

 

 

 

996,806

 

 

 

1,000,776

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

2,100

 

 

 

5,339

 

 

 

7,439

 

 

 

5,615

 

 

 

519,508

 

 

 

525,123

 

Total

 

$

4,379

 

 

$

112,927

 

 

$

117,306

 

 

$

43,409

 

 

$

9,781,115

 

 

$

9,824,524

 

Changes in the ACL were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

117,306

 

 

$

84,277

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

(3,039

)

Allowance for loan losses, acquired loans transfer

 

 

 

 

 

815

 

Acquired loans ACL adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

1,007

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

(1,245

)

 

 

(5,545

)

Recoveries

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

2,468

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

(3,077

)

PCL

 

 

(10,501

)

 

 

20,581

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

109,191

 

 

$

100,564

 

The following tables detail changes in the ACL by loan class for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at Beginning of Period

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

PCL

 

 

Balance at End of Period

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

 

 

$

6,854

 

 

$

 

 

$

766

 

 

$

(2,562

)

 

$

5,058

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

9,928

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

71

 

 

 

(1,306

)

 

 

8,667

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

48,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

(2,115

)

 

 

46,438

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

7,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(1,618

)

 

 

5,770

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

 

 

8,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(3,035

)

 

 

5,124

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

 

 

5,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

(1,490

)

 

 

3,753

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

14,851

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

4,051

 

 

 

20,166

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

5,838

 

 

 

(442

)

 

 

362

 

 

 

(1,008

)

 

 

4,750

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

3,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

3,015

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

 

 

7,439

 

 

 

(754

)

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

(1,243

)

 

 

6,450

 

Total

 

 

 

$

117,306

 

 

$

(1,245

)

 

$

3,631

 

 

$

(10,501

)

 

$

109,191

 


The decreases in the PCL for the three months ended March 31, 2021 were primarily due to improvements in the macroeconomic forecasting variables used in the ACL modeling, such as National and Southern Unemployment, National GDP, Prime Rate and South Vacancy Rate.

The PCL for the commercial and industrial loan portfolio increased $4.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021 primarily due to loans being specifically reserved.

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Balance at Beginning of Period

 

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 Adoption Adjustment

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

PCL

 

 

Balance at End of Period

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

6,371

 

 

$

(188

)

 

$

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

2,802

 

 

$

9,079

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

5,888

 

 

 

4,188

 

 

 

(64

)

 

 

63

 

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

11,711

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

26,158

 

 

 

(8,179

)

 

 

(2,448

)

 

 

61

 

 

 

12,535

 

 

 

28,127

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

4,024

 

 

 

(765

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

2,016

 

 

 

5,273

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

1,889

 

 

 

3,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

2,601

 

 

 

7,711

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

3,044

 

 

 

2,891

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

93

 

 

 

2,033

 

 

 

8,042

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

25,992

 

 

 

(8,964

)

 

 

(982

)

 

 

542

 

 

 

(2,024

)

 

 

14,564

 

Consumer loans

 

 

3,379

 

 

 

2,059

 

 

 

(690

)

 

 

473

 

 

 

1,375

 

 

 

6,596

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

2,229

 

 

 

2,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,243

)

 

 

3,441

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

5,303

 

 

 

2,084

 

 

 

(1,334

)

 

 

1,117

 

 

 

(1,150

)

 

 

6,020

 

Total

 

$

84,277

 

 

$

(1,217

)

 

$

(5,545

)

 

$

2,468

 

 

$

20,581

 

 

$

100,564

 

The increases in the PCL for loans and other loans secured by real estate and consumer loans at March 31, 2020 when compared to the

January 1, 2020 adoption adjustments were primarily due to the negative impact of COVID-19 on the macroeconomic forecasting variables used in the ACL modeling, such as National and Southern Unemployment, National GDP, Prime Rate and South Vacancy Rate.

The PCL for the commercial and industrial loan portfolio decreased an additional $2.0 million during the first quarter of 2020 when compared to the January 1, 2020 adoption adjustment primarily due to loans that had been specifically reserved for being charged down as well as a slight decrease in the calculated PD and LGD, which uses Trustmark’s historical data. The decrease in state and other political subdivision loans of $1.2 million at March 31, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in reserves based on routine updates to the qualitative portion of the allowance calculation. Other commercial loans decreased $1.2 million during this same period due to a pay-off which decreased needed reserves.

Note 4 – Mortgage Banking

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The activity in the mortgage servicing rights (MSR) is detailed in the table below for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

66,464

 

 

$

79,394

 

Origination of servicing assets

 

 

7,978

 

 

 

3,649

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to market changes

 

 

13,696

 

 

 

(23,999

)

Due to run-off

 

 

(5,103

)

 

 

(2,607

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

83,035

 

 

$

56,437

 

Trustmark determines the fair value of the MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  Trustmark considers the conditional prepayment rate (CPR), which is an estimated loan prepayment rate that uses historical prepayment rates for previous loans similar to the loans being evaluated, and the discount rate in determining the fair value of the MSR. An increase in either the CPR or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  At March 31, 2021,


the fair value of the MSR included an assumed average prepayment speed of 11 CPR and an average discount rate of 9.54% compared to an assumed average prepayment speed of 17 CPR and an average discount rate of 9.52% at March 31, 2020.

Mortgage Loans Serviced/Sold

During the first three months of 2021 and 2020, Trustmark sold $659.4 million and $317.1 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans.  Gains on these sales were recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and totaled $19.5 million for the first three months of 2021 compared to $14.3 million for the first three months of 2020. 

The table below details the mortgage loans sold and serviced for others at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Federal National Mortgage Association

 

$

4,665,443

 

 

$

4,629,670

 

Government National Mortgage Association

 

 

2,989,922

 

 

 

2,960,760

 

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

 

 

45,621

 

 

 

50,459

 

Other

 

 

15,330

 

 

 

16,201

 

Total mortgage loans sold and serviced for others

 

$

7,716,316

 

 

$

7,657,090

 

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which FNMA and FHLMC will not exercise their remedies, including a putback request, for breaches of certain selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request.  Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt.  The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses are included in other expense.  At both March 31, 2021 and 2020, Trustmark had a reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses of $500 thousand.

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against potential future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

Note 5 – Other Real Estate

At March 31, 2021, Trustmark’s geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.


For the periods presented, changes and gains (losses), net on other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

11,651

 

 

$

29,248

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

Disposals

 

 

(850

)

 

 

(3,741

)

Write-downs

 

 

(150

)

 

 

(996

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

10,651

 

 

$

24,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses), net on the sale of other real estate included in

   other real estate expense

 

$

59

 

 

$

(70

)

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, other real estate by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Construction, land development and other land properties

 

$

3,624

 

 

$

3,857

 

1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

1,349

 

Nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

5,693

 

 

 

6,445

 

Total other real estate

 

$

10,651

 

 

$

11,651

 

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, other real estate by geographic location consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Alabama

 

$

3,085

 

 

$

3,271

 

Mississippi (1)

 

 

7,566

 

 

 

8,330

 

Tennessee (2)

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Total other real estate

 

$

10,651

 

 

$

11,651

 

(1)

Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions.

(2)

Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions.

At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance of other real estate included $1.3 million of foreclosed residential real estate properties recorded as a result of obtaining physical possession of the property. At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the recorded investment of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process was $710 thousand and $424 thousand, respectively.

Note 6 – Leases

The following table details the components of net lease cost for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

$

384

 

 

$

497

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

 

57

 

 

 

67

 

Operating lease cost

 

 

1,305

 

 

 

1,290

 

Short-term lease cost

 

 

119

 

 

 

109

 

Variable lease cost

 

 

307

 

 

 

347

 

Sublease income

 

 

(76

)

 

 

(99

)

Net lease cost

 

$

2,096

 

 

$

2,211

 


The following table details the cash payments included in the measurement of lease liabilities during the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows included in operating activities

 

$

57

 

 

$

67

 

Financing cash flows included in payments under finance lease obligations

 

 

354

 

 

 

459

 

Operating leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows (fixed payments) included in other operating activities, net

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

1,246

 

Operating cash flows (liability reduction) included in other operating activities, net

 

 

967

 

 

 

970

 

The following table details balance sheet information, as well as weighted-average lease terms and discount rates, related to leases at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Finance lease right-of-use assets, net of accumulated depreciation

 

$

7,179

 

 

$

7,471

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

7,544

 

 

 

7,805

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

33,704

 

 

 

30,901

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

35,389

 

 

 

32,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average lease term:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

8.41 years

 

 

8.53 years

 

Operating leases

 

9.20 years

 

 

8.65 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

 

3.11

%

 

 

3.10

%

Operating leases

 

 

3.25

%

 

 

3.41

%

At March 31, 2021, future minimum rental commitments under finance and operating leases were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

Operating Leases

 

2021 (excluding the three months ended March 31, 2021)

 

$

1,242

 

 

$

3,826

 

2022

 

 

1,597

 

 

 

4,727

 

2023

 

 

885

 

 

 

4,619

 

2024

 

 

572

 

 

 

4,731

 

2025

 

 

584

 

 

 

4,752

 

Thereafter

 

 

3,868

 

 

 

18,305

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

8,748

 

 

 

40,960

 

Less imputed interest

 

 

(1,204

)

 

 

(5,571

)

Lease liabilities

 

$

7,544

 

 

$

35,389

 

Note 7 – Deposits

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, deposits consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

4,705,991

 

 

$

4,349,010

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

3,716,174

 

 

 

3,646,246

 

Savings

 

 

4,641,133

 

 

 

4,647,610

 

Time

 

 

1,320,142

 

 

 

1,405,898

 

Total

 

$

14,383,440

 

 

$

14,048,764

 


Note 8 – Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Trustmark utilizes securities sold under repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing in connection with overnight repurchase agreements offered to commercial deposit customers by using its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  Trustmark accounts for its securities sold under repurchase agreements as secured borrowings in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 860-30, “Transfers and Servicing – Secured Borrowing and Collateral.”  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  Trustmark monitors collateral levels on a continual basis and may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements were secured by securities with a carrying amount of $138.5 million and $156.1 million at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  Trustmark’s repurchase agreements are transacted under master repurchase agreements that give Trustmark, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right of offset with the same counterparty.  As of March 31, 2021, all repurchase agreements were short-term and consisted primarily of sweep repurchase arrangements, under which excess deposits are “swept” into overnight repurchase agreements with Trustmark.  The following table presents the securities sold under repurchase agreements by collateral pledged at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

$

104,301

 

 

$

115,357

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

7,410

 

 

 

12,696

 

Total securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

$

111,711

 

 

$

128,053

 

Note 9 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Trustmark accounts for revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which provides that revenue be recognized in a manner that depicts the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration Trustmark expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.  Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized either over time in a manner that depicts Trustmark’s performance, or at a point in time when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer.  Trustmark’s noninterest income, excluding all of mortgage banking, net and securities gains (losses), net and portions of bank card and other fees and other income, are considered within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 606.  Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate, which are included in Trustmark’s noninterest expense as other real estate expense, are also within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 606.

Trustmark records a gain or loss from the sale of other real estate when control of the property transfers to the buyer.  Trustmark records the gain or loss from the sale of other real estate in noninterest expense as other real estate expense, net.  Other real estate sales for the three months ended March 31, 2021 resulted in a net gain of $59 thousand, compared to a net loss of $70 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2020.


The following table presents noninterest income disaggregated by reportable operating segment and revenue stream for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Topic 606

 

 

Not Topic

606 (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Topic 606

 

 

Not Topic

606 (1)

 

 

Total

 

General Banking Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

7,338

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,338

 

 

$

10,012

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,012

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

7,184

 

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

9,464

 

 

 

6,726

 

 

 

(1,377

)

 

 

5,349

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

 

 

 

20,804

 

 

 

20,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

27,483

 

Wealth management

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

Other, net

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

640

 

 

 

2,028

 

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

482

 

 

 

2,246

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

15,928

 

 

$

23,724

 

 

$

39,652

 

 

$

18,588

 

 

$

26,588

 

 

$

45,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

18

 

 

$

 

 

$

18

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

 

 

$

20

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Wealth management

 

 

8,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,398

 

 

 

8,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,451

 

Other, net

 

 

32

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

39

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

8,456

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

8,463

 

 

$

8,503

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

8,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance commissions

 

$

12,445

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,445

 

 

$

11,550

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,550

 

Other, net

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

12,468

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,468

 

 

$

11,572

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

7,356

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,356

 

 

$

10,032

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,032

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

7,192

 

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

9,472

 

 

 

6,732

 

 

 

(1,377

)

 

 

5,355

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

 

 

 

20,804

 

 

 

20,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

27,483

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

12,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,445

 

 

 

11,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,550

 

Wealth management

 

 

8,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,416

 

 

 

8,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,537

 

Other, net

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

2,090

 

 

 

1,812

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

2,307

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

36,852

 

 

$

23,731

 

 

$

60,583

 

 

$

38,663

 

 

$

26,601

 

 

$

65,264

 

(1)

Noninterest income not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 606 includes customer derivatives revenue and miscellaneous credit card fee income within bank card and other fees; mortgage banking, net; amortization of tax credits, accretion of the FDIC indemnification asset, cash surrender value on various life insurance policies, earnings on Trustmark’s non-qualified deferred compensation plans, other partnership investments and rental income within other, net; and securitygains (losses), net.

Note 10 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits

Qualified Pension Plan

Trustmark maintains a noncontributory tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan titled the Trustmark Corporation Pension Plan for Certain Employees of Acquired Financial Institutions (the Continuing Plan) to satisfy commitments made by Trustmark to associates covered through plans obtained in acquisitions.

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for the Continuing Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Service cost

 

$

63

 

 

$

64

 

Interest cost

 

 

43

 

 

 

60

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(38

)

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

149

 

 

 

81

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

222

 

 

$

167

 


For the plan year ending December 31, 2021, Trustmark’s minimum required contribution to the Continuing Plan is $324 thousand; however, Management and the Board of Directors of Trustmark will monitor the Continuing Plan throughout 2021 to determine any additional funding requirements by the plan’s measurement date, which is December 31.

Supplemental Retirement Plans

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering key executive officers and senior officers as well as directors who have elected to defer fees.  The plan provides for retirement and/or death benefits based on a participant’s covered salary or deferred fees.  Although plan benefits may be paid from Trustmark’s general assets, Trustmark has purchased life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future benefit payments under the plan.  The annual measurement date for the plan is December 31.  As a result of mergers prior to 2014, Trustmark became the administrator of small nonqualified supplemental retirement plans, for which the plan benefits were frozen prior to the merger date.

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Service cost

 

$

19

 

 

$

19

 

Interest cost

 

 

293

 

 

 

414

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

28

 

 

 

37

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

306

 

 

 

246

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

646

 

 

$

716

 

Note 11 – Stock and Incentive Compensation

Trustmark has granted stock and incentive compensation awards and units subject to the provisions of the Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the Stock Plan).  Current outstanding and future grants of stock and incentive compensation awards are subject to the provisions of the Stock Plan, which is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors.  The Stock Plan also allows Trustmark to grant nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors.

Restricted Stock Grants

Performance Awards

Trustmark’s performance awards vest over three years and are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity and total shareholder return.  Performance awards are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date.  The Monte Carlo simulation was performed by an independent valuation consultant and requires the use of subjective modeling assumptions.  These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  These awards provide for achievement shares if performance measures exceed 100%.  The restricted share agreement for these awards provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.  During 2020, Trustmark began granting performance units instead of performance awards. The performance units have the same attributes as the previously granted performance awards, except for the performance units do not provide voting rights.

Time-Vested Awards

Trustmark’s time-vested awards vest over three years and are granted to members of Trustmark’s Board of Directors as well as Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date.  These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  During 2020, Trustmark began granting time-vested units instead of time-vested awards.  The time-vested units have the same attributes as the previously granted time-vested awards, except for the time-vested units do not provide voting rights.


The following tables summarize the Stock Plan activity for the periods presented:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Performance

Awards and Units

 

 

Time-Vested

Awards and Units

 

Nonvested shares, beginning of period

 

 

145,042

 

 

 

301,619

 

Granted

 

 

53,273

 

 

 

173,272

 

Released from restriction

 

 

(44,536

)

 

 

(111,444

)

Forfeited

 

 

(9,225

)

 

 

(891

)

Nonvested shares, end of period

 

 

144,554

 

 

 

362,556

 

The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for awards and units under the Stock Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Performance awards and units

 

$

(118

)

 

$

(513

)

Time-vested awards and units

 

 

2,299

 

 

 

1,907

 

Total compensation expense

 

$

2,181

 

 

$

1,394

 

Note 12 – Contingencies

Lending Related

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit (letters of credit) in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers.  The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit approximates the fair value of such financial instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitments to extend credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments.  Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments.  The collateral obtained is based upon the nature of the transaction and the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower.  At March 31, 2021 and 2020, Trustmark had unused commitments to extend credit of $4.711 billion and $4.219 billion, respectively.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third-party.  A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.  A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation.  When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral, which are followed in the lending process.  At March 31, 2021 and 2020, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the customer for letters of credit was $107.5 million and $106.9 million, respectively.  These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value.  Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary.  As of March 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of collateral held was $21.5 million and $25.8 million, respectively.

ACL on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

Trustmark maintains a separate ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, which is included on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  


Changes in the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

38,572

 

 

$

0

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustment

 

 

0

 

 

 

29,638

 

Credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures

 

 

(9,367

)

 

 

6,783

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

29,205

 

 

$

36,421

 

Adjustments to the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures are recorded to credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures in noninterest expense.  The decrease in the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was primarily due to improvements of the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used to determine the necessary reserves for off-balance sheet credit exposures.

No credit loss estimate is reported for off-balance sheet credit exposures that are unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark or for undrawn amounts under such arrangements that may be drawn prior to the cancellation of the arrangement.

Legal Proceedings

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in several lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  

On August 23, 2009, a purported class action complaint was filed in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, Class Plaintiffs), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions and one individual, each of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark, as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the Stanford Financial Group) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Class Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Class Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.

In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed a second Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  

In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification, staying all other discovery and setting a deadline for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s claims.  The court denied the motions by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  

On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (SAC), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for (i) aiding, abetting and participating in a fraudulent scheme, (ii) aiding, abetting and participating in violations of the Texas Securities Act, (iii) aiding, abetting and participating in breaches of fiduciary duty,


(iv) aiding, abetting and participating in conversion and (v) conspiracy.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC and to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims against TNB and the other financial institutions that are defendants in the action.  On July 27, 2016, the court denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to dismiss the SAC and also denied the motion by TNB and the other financial institution defendants to reconsider the court’s prior denial to dismiss the OSIC’s constructive fraudulent transfer claims.  On August 24, 2016, TNB filed its answer to the SAC.  On October 20, 2017, the OSIC filed a motion seeking an order lifting the discovery stay and establishing a trial schedule.  On November 4, 2016, the OSIC filed a First Amended Intervenor Complaint, which added claims for (i) aiding, abetting or participation in violations of the Texas Securities Act and (ii) aiding, abetting or participation in the breach of fiduciary duty.  On November 7, 2017, the court denied the Class Plaintiffs’ motion seeking class certification and designation of class representatives and counsel, finding that common issues of fact did not predominate.  The court granted the OSIC’s motion to lift the discovery stay that it had previously ordered.

On May 3, 2019, individual investors and entities filed motions to intervene in the action.  On September 18, 2019, the court denied the motions to intervene.  On October 14, 2019, certain of the proposed intervenors filed a notice of appeal. On February 3, 2021, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the denial of the motions to intervene; this decision was affirmed by a panel of the Fifth Circuit on March 12, 2021.  

On February 12, 2021, all defendants (including TNB) filed a motion for summary judgment with respect to OSIC claims that applied to all defendants.  In addition, on the same date, TNB filed a separate motion for summary judgment with respect to aspects of OSIC claims that applied specifically to TNB.  On March 19, 2021, OSIC filed notice with the court that it was abandoning as against all of the defendants (including TNB) the five claims described above.  As a result, only the claims for (i) aiding, abetting and participating in breaches of fiduciary duty, (ii) aiding, abetting and participating in violations of the Texas Securities Act, and (iii) punitive damages remain as against TNB.  On March 19, 2021, OSIC also filed responses to defendants’ motions for summary judgment.  Briefing on the defendants’ (including TNB’s) summary judgment motions in respect of these remaining claims continues.  

The parties to the action have agreed that the case is to be tried in the District Court for the Southern District of Texas, and it is Trustmark’s understanding that the judge of the District Court for the Northern District of Texas to whom the case is currently assigned has agreed to this transfer, but he has yet to formally remand the case to the Southern District of Texas.  However, on March 25, 2021, the judge to whom the case is currently assigned in the District Court for the Northern District of Texas rescinded his previously-issued trial scheduling orders so that the Southern District of Texas could set scheduling for this case once the case has in fact been remanded.

On December 14, 2009, a different Stanford-related lawsuit was filed in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine and Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

On April 11, 2016, Trustmark learned that a different Stanford-related lawsuit had been filed on that date in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada, by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Bank”), naming TNB and three other financial institutions not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks a declaration specifying the degree to which each of TNB and the other defendants are liable in respect of any loss and damage for which TD Bank is found to be liable in a litigation commenced against TD Bank brought by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited in the Superior Court of Justice, Commercial List in Ontario, Canada (the “Joint Liquidators’ Action”), as well as contribution and indemnity in respect of any judgment, interest and costs TD Bank is ordered to pay in the Joint Liquidators’ Action.  Trustmark understands that trial has commenced in this matter in the Ontario court.  To date, TNB has not been served in connection with this action, nor has it made any appearance in this action.

On November 1, 2019, TNB was named as a defendant in a complaint filed by Paul Blaine Smith, Carolyn Bass Smith and other plaintiffs identified therein (the Smith Complaint).  The Smith Complaint was filed in Texas state court (District Court, Harris County, Texas) and named TNB and four other financial institutions and one individual, each of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark, as defendants.  The Smith Complaint relates to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group, as does the other pending litigation relating to Stanford summarized above.  Plaintiffs in the Smith Complaint have demanded a jury trial.


On January 15, 2020, the court granted Stanford Financial Group receiver’s motion to stay the Texas state court action.  On February 26, 2020, the lawsuit was removed to federal court in the Southern District of Texas by TNB.  Trustmark and its counsel are carefully evaluating the Smith Complaint in the form that is publicly available, and will update the foregoing description to the extent that additional material facts are ascertained.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  All Stanford-related lawsuits are in pre-trial stages.

On December 30, 2019, a complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi, Northern Division (the Court) by Alysson Mills in her capacity as Court-appointed Receiver (the Receiver) for Arthur Lamar Adams (Adams) and Madison Timber Properties, LLC (Madison Timber), naming TNB, two other Mississippi-based financial institutions both of which are unaffiliated with Trustmark and two individuals, one of who was employed by TNB at all times relevant to the complaint and the other was employed either by TNB or one of the other defendant financial institutions, as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover from the defendants, for the benefit of the receivership estate and also for certain investors who were allegedly defrauded by Adams and Madison Timber, damages (including punitive damages) and related costs allegedly attributable to actions of the defendants that allegedly enabled illegal and fraudulent activities engaged in by Adams and Madison Timber.  The Receiver did not quantify damages.

TNB’s relationship with Adams and Madison Timber consisted of traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested.  In accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Trustmark believes, based on its evaluation and the advice of legal counsel, that a loss in any such proceeding is not probable and a reasonable estimate cannot reasonably be made.

Note 13 – Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Basic shares

 

 

63,396

 

 

 

63,757

 

Dilutive shares

 

 

167

 

 

 

157

 

Diluted shares

 

 

63,563

 

 

 

63,914

 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards were excluded in determining diluted EPS. The following table reflects weighted-average antidilutive stock awards for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards

 

 

74

 

 

 

52

 

Note 14 – Statements of Cash Flows

The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings

 

$

7,247

 

 

$

16,807

 

Noncash transfers from loans to other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

Finance right-of-use assets resulting from lease liabilities

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

Operating right-of-use assets resulting from lease liabilities

 

 

3,863

 

 

 

671

 


Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, is not included in computing regulatory capital.  Trustmark has elected the five-year phase-in transition period (through December 31, 2024) related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2021, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2021.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2021, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.


The following table provides Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital

 

 

Minimum

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Requirement

 

 

Capitalized

 

At March 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,427,077

 

 

 

11.71

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,446,395

 

 

 

11.87

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,487,077

 

 

 

12.20

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,446,395

 

 

 

11.87

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,714,872

 

 

 

14.07

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,551,313

 

 

 

12.73

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,487,077

 

 

 

9.11

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,446,395

 

 

 

8.87

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,395,844

 

 

 

11.62

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,412,015

 

 

 

11.75

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,455,844

 

 

 

12.11

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,412,015

 

 

 

11.75

%

 

 

8.50

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,696,794

 

 

 

14.12

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,530,044

 

 

 

12.73

%

 

 

10.50

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,455,844

 

 

 

9.33

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,412,015

 

 

 

9.07

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

Stock Repurchase Program

On April 1, 2019, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock could be acquired through March 31, 2020.  Trustmark repurchased approximately 887 thousand shares of its common stock valued at $27.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020. Under this authority, Trustmark repurchased approximately 1.5 million shares valued at $47.2 million.

On January 28, 2020, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a new stock repurchase program, effective April 1, 2020, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through December 31, 2021.  On March 9, 2020, Trustmark suspended its share repurchase programs to preserve capital to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.  Trustmark resumed the repurchase of its shares in January 2021.  Under this authority, Trustmark repurchased approximately 145 thousand shares of its outstanding common stock valued at $4.2 million during three months ended March 31, 2021.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions.  There is no guarantee as to the number of shares that will be repurchased by Trustmark, and Trustmark may discontinue repurchases at any time at Management’s discretion.


Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following tables present the net change in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the periods presented ($ in thousands).  The amortization of prior service cost, recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements and change in net actuarial loss are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 10 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details).  Reclassification adjustments related to pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in salaries and employee benefits and other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Before Tax

Amount

 

 

Tax (Expense)

Benefit

 

 

Net of Tax

Amount

 

 

Before Tax

Amount

 

 

Tax (Expense)

Benefit

 

 

Net of Tax

Amount

 

Securities available for sale and transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising

   during the period

 

$

(21,800

)

 

$

5,450

 

 

$

(16,350

)

 

$

40,507

 

 

$

(10,127

)

 

$

30,380

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on

   securities transferred to held to maturity

 

 

711

 

 

 

(178

)

 

 

533

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

(215

)

 

 

646

 

Total securities available for sale

   and transferred securities

 

 

(21,089

)

 

 

5,272

 

 

 

(15,817

)

 

 

41,368

 

 

 

(10,342

)

 

 

31,026

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments for changes realized

   in net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

28

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

21

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

28

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum

   settlements

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

455

 

 

 

(114

)

 

 

341

 

 

 

326

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

244

 

Total pension and other postretirement benefit

   plans

 

 

483

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

362

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

(91

)

 

 

272

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(20,606

)

 

$

5,151

 

 

$

(15,455

)

 

$

41,731

 

 

$

(10,433

)

 

$

31,298

 

The following table presents the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods presented ($ in thousands).  All amounts are presented net of tax.

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

and Transferred

Securities

 

 

Defined

Benefit

Pension Items

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2021

 

$

17,331

 

 

$

(18,382

)

 

$

(1,051

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

 

 

(15,817

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,817

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

362

 

 

 

362

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(15,817

)

 

 

362

 

 

 

(15,455

)

Balance at March 31, 2021

 

$

1,514

 

 

$

(18,020

)

 

$

(16,506

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2020

 

$

(8,017

)

 

$

(15,583

)

 

$

(23,600

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

 

 

31,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,026

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

272

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

31,026

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

31,298

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

$

23,009

 

 

$

(15,311

)

 

$

7,698

 


Note 16 – Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The predominant portion of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers.  The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers.  Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.

Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio.  As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes.  When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid.  If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value.  Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.

Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security.  Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers.  Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral).  Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.

Trustmark estimates fair value of the MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes.  This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.

Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology.  In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk.  In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.  In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads.  Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives.  As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling.  Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.


Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables summarize financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands).  There were no transfers between fair value levels for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

17,349

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

17,349

 

 

$

0

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

5,798

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

5,798

 

 

 

0

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,314,529

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,314,529

 

 

 

0

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

2,337,676

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,337,676

 

 

 

0

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

412,999

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

412,999

 

 

 

0

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

83,035

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

83,035

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

26,888

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

22,687

 

 

 

4,105

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

18,592

 

 

 

6,712

 

 

 

11,880

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

18,041

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

18,041

 

 

$

0

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

5,835

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

5,835

 

 

 

0

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,967,939

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,967,939

 

 

 

0

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

1,991,815

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,991,815

 

 

 

0

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

446,951

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

446,951

 

 

 

0

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

66,464

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

66,464

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

47,768

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

38,063

 

 

 

9,560

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

5,324

 

 

 

666

 

 

 

4,658

 

 

 

0

 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

MSR

 

 

Other Assets -

Derivatives

 

Balance, January 1, 2021

 

$

66,464

 

 

$

9,560

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

8,593

 

 

 

2,748

 

Additions

 

 

7,978

 

 

 

0

 

Sales

 

 

0

 

 

 

(8,203

)

Balance, March 31, 2021

 

$

83,035

 

 

$

4,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in earnings

   that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or

   losses still held at March 31, 2021

 

$

13,696

 

 

$

1,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2020

 

$

79,394

 

 

$

1,439

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

(26,606

)

 

 

9,606

 

Additions

 

 

3,649

 

 

 

0

 

Sales

 

 

0

 

 

 

(1,219

)

Balance, March 31, 2020

 

$

56,437

 

 

$

9,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in

   earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized

   gains or losses still held at March 31, 2020

 

$

(23,999

)

 

$

4,428

 

(1)


Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net relating to the MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to run-off.

Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.  Assets at March 31, 2021, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include collateral-dependent LHFI.  A loan is collateral dependent when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially through the sale of the collateral.  The expected credit loss for collateral-dependent loans is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the fair value of the collateral, adjusted for the estimated cost to sell.  Fair value estimates for collateral-dependent loans are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as is value of the collateral, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Current appraisals are ordered on an annual basis based on the inspection date or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $40.7 million with a related ACL of $9.5 million in collateral-dependent LHFI, compared to outstanding balances of $43.4 million with a related ACL of $4.4 million in collateral-dependent LHFI at December 31, 2020.  The collateral-dependent LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Other real estate includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the fair value less cost to sell (estimated fair value) at the time of foreclosure.  Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.

Foreclosed assets of $521 thousand were remeasured during the first three months of 2021, requiring write-downs of $47 thousand to reach their current fair values compared to $3.1 million of foreclosed assets that were remeasured during the first three months of 2020, requiring write-downs of $357 thousand.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

$

1,774,541

 

 

$

1,774,541

 

 

$

1,952,554

 

 

$

1,952,554

 

Securities held to maturity

 

 

493,738

 

 

 

515,296

 

 

 

538,072

 

 

 

563,115

 

Level 3 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net LHFI and PPP loans

 

 

10,554,238

 

 

 

10,534,228

 

 

 

10,317,352

 

 

 

10,312,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

14,383,440

 

 

 

14,385,049

 

 

 

14,048,764

 

 

 

14,052,863

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

160,991

 

 

 

160,991

 

 

 

164,519

 

 

 

164,519

 

Other borrowings

 

 

145,994

 

 

 

145,993

 

 

 

168,252

 

 

 

168,252

 

Subordinated notes

 

 

122,877

 

 

 

128,438

 

 

 

122,921

 

 

 

127,500

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

46,392

 

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

46,083

 


Fair Value Option

Trustmark has elected to account for its mortgage LHFS under the fair value option, with interest income on these mortgage LHFS reported in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI.  The fair value of the mortgage LHFS is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan.  The mortgage LHFS are actively managed and monitored and certain market risks of the loans may be mitigated through the use of derivatives.  These derivative instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.  The changes in the fair value of LHFS are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments.  For the three months ended March 31, 2021, a net loss of $10.6 million was recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net for changes in the fair value of LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, compared to a net gain of $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020.  Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI for the three months ended March 31, 2021 included $2.1 million of interest earned on LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, compared to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020.  Election of the fair value option allows Trustmark to reduce the accounting volatility that would otherwise result from the asymmetry created by accounting for the financial instruments at the lower of cost or fair value and the derivatives at fair value.  The fair value option election does not apply to GNMA optional repurchase loans which do not meet the requirements under FASB ASC Topic 825 to be accounted for under the fair value option.  GNMA optional repurchase loans totaled $123.4 million and $141.2 million at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and are included in LHFS on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  For additional information regarding GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “Past Due LHFS” included in Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI.

The following table provides information about the fair value and the contractual principal outstanding of LHFS accounted for under the fair value option as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Fair value of LHFS

 

$

289,612

 

 

$

305,791

 

LHFS contractual principal outstanding

 

 

284,827

 

 

 

290,625

 

Fair value less unpaid principal

 

$

4,785

 

 

$

15,166

 

Note 17 – Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in the fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments was $379.0 million at March 31, 2021 compared to $326.5 million at December 31, 2020.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $270 thousand and $9.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward sales contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of LHFS.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $353.5 million at March 31, 2021, with a positive valuation adjustment of $6.5 million, compared to $377.5 million, with a negative valuation adjustment of $3.1 million, at December 31, 2020.

Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area.  Interest rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $255.6 million at March 31, 2021, with a positive valuation adjustment of $4.1 million, compared to $329.3 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $9.6 million, at December 31, 2020.


Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded as noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  The Chicago Mercantile Exchange rules legally characterize variation margin collateral payments made or received for centrally cleared interest rate swaps as settlements rather than collateral.  As a result, centrally cleared interest rate swaps included in other assets and other liabilities are presented on a net basis in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $1.172 billion related to this program, compared to $1.125 billion at December 31, 2020.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivatives obligations.

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $980 thousand and $1.3 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had posted collateral of $1.3 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2021, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third-party default on the underlying swap.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had entered into 5 risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $49.3 million compared to 3 risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $41.1 million at December 31, 2020.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had entered into NaN risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $172.0 million compared to NaN risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $172.0 million at December 31, 2020. The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.


Tabular Disclosures

The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets

 

$

96

 

 

$

145

 

OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets

 

 

4,105

 

 

 

9,560

 

Interest rate swaps included in other assets (1)

 

 

22,586

 

 

 

37,974

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets

 

 

101

 

 

 

89

 

Futures contracts included in other liabilities

 

 

4,874

 

 

 

34

 

Forward contracts included in other liabilities

 

 

6,538

 

 

 

3,145

 

Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities

 

 

1,838

 

 

 

632

 

Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities (1)

 

 

5,269

 

 

 

1,313

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other liabilities

 

 

73

 

 

 

200

 

(1)

In accordance with GAAP, the variation margin collateral payments made or received for interest rate swaps that are centrally cleared are legally characterized as settled. As a result, the centrally cleared interest rate swaps included in other assets and other liabilities are presented on a net basis in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in mortgage banking, net

 

$

(9,198

)

 

$

33,486

 

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in bank card and other fees

 

 

1,602

 

 

 

(1,660

)


Trustmark’s interest rate swap derivative instruments are subject to master netting agreements, and therefore, eligible for offsetting in the consolidated balance sheets.  Trustmark has elected to not offset any derivative instruments in its consolidated balance sheets.  Information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 is presented in the following tables ($ in thousands):

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

22,586

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

22,586

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

22,586

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

5,269

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

5,269

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

(1,310

)

 

$

3,959

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

37,974

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

37,974

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

37,974

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

1,313

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

1,313

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

(1,313

)

 

$

 

Note 18 – Segment Information

Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes 3 segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s operating segments, see Note 21 – Segment Information included in Part II. Item 8. – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report.

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis.  This process, called “funds transfer pricing”, charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities.  The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking Segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining TNB’s funding and interest rate risk strategies.



The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

General Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

101,108

 

 

$

102,403

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(10,499

)

 

 

18,374

 

Noninterest income

 

 

39,652

 

 

 

45,176

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

94,597

 

 

 

106,450

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

56,662

 

 

 

22,755

 

Income taxes

 

 

8,123

 

 

 

2,091

 

General banking net income

 

$

48,539

 

 

$

20,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

16,555,481

 

 

$

13,663,877

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

10,864

 

 

$

8,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

1,231

 

 

$

1,504

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(2

)

 

 

2,207

 

Noninterest income

 

 

8,463

 

 

 

8,516

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

8,194

 

 

 

8,516

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

1,502

 

 

 

(703

)

Income taxes

 

 

376

 

 

 

(176

)

Wealth management net income

 

$

1,126

 

 

$

(527

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

243,132

 

 

$

280,181

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

68

 

 

$

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

(3

)

 

$

45

 

Noninterest income

 

 

12,468

 

 

 

11,572

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

9,390

 

 

 

8,844

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

3,075

 

 

 

2,773

 

Income taxes

 

 

778

 

 

 

692

 

Insurance net income

 

$

2,297

 

 

$

2,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

79,700

 

 

$

75,771

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

194

 

 

$

135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

102,336

 

 

$

103,952

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(10,501

)

 

 

20,581

 

Noninterest income

 

 

60,583

 

 

 

65,264

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

112,181

 

 

 

123,810

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

61,239

 

 

 

24,825

 

Income taxes

 

 

9,277

 

 

 

2,607

 

Consolidated net income

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

22,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

16,878,313

 

 

$

14,019,829

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

11,126

 

 

$

8,996

 


Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted

Except for the changes detailed below, Trustmark has consistently applied its accounting policies to all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.”  Issued in December 2019, ASU 2019-12 seeks to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in FASB ASC Topic 740.  In particular, the amendments of ASU 2019-12 remove the exceptions to (1) the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items (e.g., discontinued operations or other comprehensive income); (2) the requirement to recognize a deferred tax liability for equity method investments when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method investment; (3) the ability not to recognize a deferred tax liability for a foreign subsidiary when a foreign equity method investment becomes a subsidiary; and (4) the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year.  The amendments of ASU 2019-12 (1) require that an entity recognize a franchise tax (or similar tax), that is partially based on income, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 and account for any incremental amount incurred as a non-income-based tax; (2) require that an entity evaluate when a step up in the tax basis of goodwill should be considered part of the business combination in which the book goodwill was originally recognized and when it should instead be considered a separate transaction; (3) specify that an entity is not required to allocate the consolidated amount of current and deferred tax expense to a legal entity that is not subject to tax in its separate financial statements, but rather may elect to do so for a legal entity that is both not subject to tax and disregarded by the taxing authority; and (4) require that an entity reflect the effect of an enacted change in tax laws or rates in the annual effective tax rate computation in the interim period that includes the enactment date.  Trustmark adopted the amendments of ASU 2019-12 effective January 1, 2021.  Adoption of ASU 2019-12 did not have a material impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-14, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.”  Issued in August 2018, ASU 2018-14 modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans.  The amendments in ASU 2018-14 remove certain disclosure requirements that are no longer considered cost beneficial, clarify the specific requirements of disclosures and add disclosure requirements identified as relevant.  Trustmark adopted the amendments of ASU 2018-14 effective January 1, 2021.  Trustmark will include the revised disclosures in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021.  Changes to the disclosures related to the defined benefit plans as a result of adopting ASU 2018-14 will not have a material impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.”  Issued in March 2020, ASU 2020-04 seeks to provided additional guidance, for a limited time, to ease the potential burden in accounting for or recognizing the effects of reference rate reform on financial reporting.  The FASB issued ASU 2020-04 is response to concerns about the structural risks of interbank offered rates (IBORs) and, in particular, the risk that the London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) will no longer be used.  Regulators have begun reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction-based and less susceptible to manipulation.  Stakeholders have raised operational challenges likely to arise with the reference rate reform, particularly related to contract modifications and hedge accounting.  The amendments of ASU 2020-04, which are elective and apply to all entities, provide expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships affected by the reference rate reform if certain criteria are met.  The amendments apply only to contracts and hedging relationships that reference LIBOR or another reference rate that is expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform.  The optional expedients for contract modifications should be applied consistently for all contracts or transactions within the relevant Codification Topic or Subtopic or Industry Subtopic that contains the related guidance.  The optional expedients for hedging relationships can be elected on an individual hedging relationship basis.  As the guidance in ASU 2020-04 is intended to assist entities during the global market-wide reference rate transition period, it is in effect for a limited time, from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022.  Management is currently evaluating the impact to Trustmark as a result of the potential discontinuance of LIBOR, and a determination cannot be made at this time as to the impact the amendments of ASU 2020-04 or the reference rate reform will have on its consolidated financial statements.


ITEM 2.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Description of Business

Trustmark, a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889.  At March 31, 2021, TNB had total assets of $16.876 billion, which represented approximately 99.99% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.

Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through 181 offices and 2,793 full-time equivalent associates (measured at March 31, 2021) located in the states of Alabama, Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market), Mississippi, Tennessee (in the Memphis and Northern Mississippi regions, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market).  Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking Segment, Wealth Management Segment and Insurance Segment.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s business, see the section captioned “The Corporation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (2020 Annual Report).

Executive Overview

Trustmark has been committed to meeting the banking and financial needs of its customers and communities for over 130 years, and remains focused on providing support, advice and solutions to meet its customers’ unique needs.  Trustmark’s financial performance during the first quarter of 2021 reflect solid growth in loans held for investment (LHFI) of $159.2 million, or 1.6%, and deposits of $334.7 million, or 2.4%.  Mortgage banking revenue remained strong during the first quarter following record setting levels in the prior quarter.  Improvement in the economic outlook resulted in negative provision and expense for credit losses, which also contributed to earnings for the first three months of 2021.  Trustmark is committed to managing the franchise for the long term, supporting investments to promote profitable revenue growth, realigning delivery channels to support changing customer preferences as well as reengineering and efficiency opportunities to enhance long-term shareholder value.  Trustmark’s capital position remained solid, reflecting the consistent profitability of its diversified financial services businesses.  Trustmark’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per share.  The dividend is payable June 15, 2020, to shareholders of record on June 1, 2020.

Recent Economic and Industry Developments

The COVID-19 pandemic and actions taken to mitigate the spread of it have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on economic activity globally, nationally and locally, including the geographical area in which Trustmark operates and industries in which Trustmark regularly extends credit.  For additional information regarding Trustmark’s exposure to industries impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, please see the section captioned “Exposure to COVID-19 Stressed Industries.”  Economic activity during the first three months of 2021 increased as certain restrictions were lifted following the availability of the COVID-19 vaccination; however, restrictions remain in place for many areas and the long-term effectiveness of the vaccine and the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on economies and financial markets remains unknown.  

Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected the financial markets and resulted in a number of actions by the FRB during 2020 and continuing in 2021.  Market interest rates declined to and remain at historical lows.  During 2020, the ten-year Treasury yield fell below 1.00% for the first time, and the FRB reduced the target federal funds rate to a range of 0.00% to 0.25% and announced a $700 billion quantitative easing program in response to the expected economic downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.  The FRB reduced the interest that it pays on excess reserves from 1.60% to 0.10% during 2020.  These rates have continued into the first quarter of 2021.  The prolonged reduction in interest rates has had and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on net interest income and margins and profitability for financial institutions, including Trustmark.  

In the April 2021 “Summary of Commentary on Current Economic Conditions by Federal Reserve District,” the twelve Federal Reserve Districts’ reports suggested that economic activity during the reporting period (covering the period from February 22, 2021 through April 5, 2021) increased to a moderate pace; however, changes in economic activities remained varied by sector.  Reports by the twelve Federal Reserve Districts (Districts) noted the following during the reporting period:


Consumer spending strengthened.  Reports on tourism were more optimistic, bolstered by an increase in demand for leisure activities and travel, which was attributed to spring break, an easing of pandemic-related restrictions, increased vaccinations and recent stimulus payments among other factors.  Auto sales grew and nonfinancial service generally improved, partly supported by strengthening demand for transportation, professional and business, and leisure and hospitality services.

Manufacturing activity continued to expand, despite widespread supply chain disruptions, with half the Districts reporting robust growth, including each of the Districts in which Trustmark operates.  Activity in the energy sector were mixed as coal production declined, while oil and gas drilling was flat to up.

Residential real estate activity remained strong, as sustained high demand and tight supply of single-family homes further pushed up prices.  Builders noted ongoing production challenges, including rising costs.  Reports on commercial real estate and construction varied, with activity in the hotel, office and retail segments generally remaining weak.

Prices accelerated slightly, with many Districts reporting moderate price increases and some reporting prices rose more robustly.  Input costs rose across the board, but especially in the manufacturing, construction, retail and transportation sectors (specifically, metals, lumber, food and fuel prices).  Cost increases were partly attributed to ongoing supply chain disruptions, temporarily exacerbated by winter weather events in some cases.  There were widespread reports of increased selling prices, but typically not on pace with rising costs.

Employment growth increased, with most Districts, including each of the Districts in which Trustmark operates, noting modest to moderate increases in headcounts.  The pace of job growth varied by industry but was generally strongest in manufacturing, construction and leisure and hospitality.  Hiring remained a widespread challenge, particularly for low-wage or hourly workers, restraining job growth in some cases.  Wage growth accelerated slightly overall, with more significant wage pressures in industries like manufacturing and construction where finding and retaining workers was particularly difficult.

Banking contacts in most Districts saw modest to moderate increases in loan volumes.

Outlooks were more optimistic, boosted in part by an acceleration in COVID-19 vaccinations.

Reports by the Federal Reserve’s Sixth District, Atlanta (which includes Trustmark’s Alabama, Florida and Mississippi market regions), Eighth District, St. Louis (which includes Trustmark’s Tennessee market region), and Eleventh District, Dallas (which includes Trustmark’s Texas market region), noted similar findings for the reporting period as those discussed above.  The Federal Reserve’s Sixth District also noted that banking conditions were steady, cash balances continued to increase as deposits remained elevated, loan demand weakened, net interest margins remained compressed, financial institutions continued to add to their securities portfolios, loan balances remained flat across most portfolios with commercial real estate balances declining slightly and increases to loan loss reserves slowed as credit quality had not deteriorated. The Federal Reserve’s Eighth District also reported that banking conditions improved moderately as outstanding loan volumes increased moderately, noting strong growth in residential real estate lending and slight growth in consumer and commercial loans, banks reported ample liquidity, high asset quality and decreasing deferral requests on loan payments, and demand for the second round of Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans was much lower than for the first round. The Federal Reserve’s Eleventh District also reported that drilling and completion activity rose further, oil field services firms noted improved margin outlooks and a pickup in hiring driven by higher demand, exploration and production firms said they expect continued incremental increases in drilling and completion activity in the second quarter, and sentiment in the oil and gas industry was notably improved, however, contacts remain anxious about the adverse impact of tighter federal regulations, ample spare capacity and worsening COVID-19 statistics in Europe relating to demand, profitability and pricing.

It is unknown what the complete financial effect of the COVID-19 pandemic will be on Trustmark.  It is reasonably possible that estimates made in the financial statements, including the expected credit losses on loans and off-balance sheet credit exposures, could be materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of the adverse conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Exposure to COVID-19 Stressed Industries

The full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and continues to evolve rapidly. It has caused substantial disruption in international and the United States economies, markets and employment.  The pandemic has had and may continue to have a significant adverse impact on certain industries Trustmark serves.  The following provides a summary of Trustmark’s exposure to COVID-19 impacted industries within the LHFI portfolio as of March 31, 2021:

Restaurants: Aggregate outstanding balance of $105.0 million, credit exposure of $116.0 million, 296 total loans, represents 1.0% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, 86% of the loans are real estate secured, 40% are full-service restaurants, 58% are limited-service restaurants and 2% are other.

Hotels: Aggregate outstanding balance of $396.0 million, credit exposure of $425.0 million, 93 total loans, represents 4.0% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, 99% of the loans are real estate secured, consists of experienced operators and carry secondary guarantor support, 92% operate under a major hotel chain.

Retail (Commercial Real Estate): Aggregate outstanding balance of $453.0 million, credit exposure of $524.0 million, 307 total loans, represents 4.5% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, 21% are stand-alone buildings with strong essential


services tenants, 1% are national grocery store-anchored, 19% are investment grade anchored centers, mall exposure in only one borrower with $5 million outstanding.

Energy: Aggregate outstanding balance of $106.4 million, credit exposure of $324.0 million, 114 total loans, represents 1.1% of Trustmark’s outstanding LHFI portfolio, no loans where repayment or underlying security ties to realization of value from energy reserves.

Higher Risk Commercial and Industrial: Aggregate outstanding balance of $11.0 million, credit exposure of $14.0 million, one borrower.

COVID-19 Related Loan Concessions

On March 22, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued an “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus”.  This guidance encouraged financial institutions to work prudently with borrowers that may be unable to meet their contractual obligations because of the effects of COVID-19.  The guidance went on to explain that in consultation with the FASB staff that the federal banking agencies concluded that short-term modifications (e.g., six months) made on a good faith basis to borrowers that were current as of the implementation date of a relief program were not TDRs.  On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act), a stimulus package intended to provide relief to businesses and consumers in the United States struggling as a result of the pandemic, was signed into law.  Section 4013 of the CARES Act also addressed COVID-19 related modifications and specified that COVID-19 related modifications on loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 were not TDRs.  On April 7, 2020, the federal banking agencies revised its earlier guidance to clarify the interaction between the March 22, 2020 interagency statement and section 4013 of the CARES Act, as well as the agencies’ views on consumer protection considerations.  At March 31, 2021, the balance of loans remaining under some type of COVID-19 related concession totaled $28.1 million compared to $34.2 million at December 31, 2020.  Commercial concessions were primarily either interest only for 90 days or full payment deferrals for 90 days.  Consumer concessions were 90-day full payment deferrals.

Paycheck Protection Program

A provision in the CARES Act included initial funds for the creation of the PPP through the Small Business Administration (SBA) and Treasury Department.  The PPP is intended to provide loans to small businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and self-employed individuals to pay their employees, rent, mortgage interest and utilities.  PPP loans are forgivable, in whole or in part, if the proceeds are used for payroll and other permitted purposes in accordance with the requirements of the PPP.  The loans are 100% guaranteed by the SBA.  The SBA and Treasury Department released a series of rules, guidance documents and processes governing the PPP, including a streamlined process for loan forgiveness of PPP loans of $150 thousand or less.  The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, enacted on December 27, 2020, extended some of the relief provisions in certain respects of the CARES Act, and appropriated an additional funds to the PPP and permitted certain PPP borrowers to make “second draw” loans.  Subsequently, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, enacted on March 11, 2021, expanded the eligibility criteria for both first and second draw PPP loans and revised the exclusions from payroll costs for purposes of loan forgiveness.  The PPP Extension Act of 2021, enacted on March 30, 2021, extended the PPP through May 31, 2021.

From April to August 2020, Trustmark originated PPP loans for qualified small businesses and other borrowers.  Trustmark resumed submitting PPP applications to the SBA on behalf of qualified small businesses and other borrowers under the CARES Act, as amended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, in January 2021.  During the first quarter of 2021, Trustmark originated 4,774 PPP loans totaling $318.0 million ($301.5 million net of $16.5 million of deferred fees and costs).  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had 7,456 PPP loans outstanding totaling $701.8 million ($679.7 million net of $22.1 million of deferred fees and costs), compared to 7,398 PPP loans outstanding totaling $623.0 million ($610.1 million net of 12.9 million of deferred fees and costs) at December 31, 2020.  During the first three months of 2021, PPP loans totaling $239.2 million were forgiven by SBA, compared to PPP loans totaling $346.9 million forgiven by the SBA during the fourth quarter of 2020.  Due to the amount and nature of the PPP loans, these loans are not included in Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio and are presented separately in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.  Trustmark cannot predict the amount of PPP loans that will be forgiven in whole or in part by the SBA, nor can it predict the magnitude and timing of the impact the PPP loans and related fees will have on Trustmark’s net interest margin.  However, participation in the PPP will likely have a significant impact on Trustmark’s asset mix and net interest margin in 2021 as a result of the addition of these low interest rate loans and the related processing fees earned on these loans.


Financial Highlights

Trustmark reported net income of $52.0 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $0.82, in the first quarter of 2021, compared to $22.2 million, or basic and diluted EPS of $0.35, in the first quarter of 2020.  Trustmark’s reported performance during the quarter ended March 31, 2021 produced a return on average tangible equity of 15.56%, a return on average assets of 1.26%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 10.55% and a dividend payout ratio of 28.05%, compared to a return on average tangible equity of 7.34%, a return on average assets of 0.66%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 12.02% and a dividend payout ratio of 65.71% during the quarter ended March 31, 2020.

Total revenue, which is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income, for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $162.9 million, a decrease of $6.3 million, or 3.7%, when compared to the same time period in 2020.  The decrease in total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2021 when compared to the same time period in 2020, resulted from a decline in noninterest income, primarily due to decreases in mortgage banking, net and service charges on deposit accounts, partially offset by an increase in bank card and other fees, as well as a decline in net interest income, primarily due to declines in interest and fees on LHFI and LHFS and interest on securities, partially offset by an increase in interest and fees on PPP loans and a decline in interest on deposits.  These factors are discussed in further detail below.

Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2021 totaled $102.3 million, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 1.6%, when compared to the same time period in 2020.  Interest income totaled $109.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, a decline of $10.9 million, or 9.1%, when compared to the same time period in 2020, principally due to declines in interest and fees from LHFI and LHFS and interest on securities as a result of lower interest rates, partially offset by an increase in interest and fees from PPP loans.  Interest expense totaled $7.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, a decrease of $9.3 million, or 56.6%, when compared to the same time period in 2020, principally due to the decline in interest on deposits as a result of lower interest rates.

Noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 2021 totaled $60.6 million, a decrease of $4.7 million, or 7.2%, when compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to decreases in mortgage banking, net and service charges on deposit accounts, partially offset by an increase in bank cards and other fees.  Mortgage banking, net totaled $20.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, a decrease of $6.7 million, or 24.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2020, principally due to a decline in the net hedge ineffectiveness and an increase in the MSR run-off partially offset by an increase in the gain on sales of loans, net.  Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, a decrease of $2.7 million, or 26.7%, when compared to the same time period in 2020 principally due to a decline in the amount of non-sufficient funds (NSF) and overdraft occurrences on consumer deposit accounts primarily as a result of higher average customer account balances resulting from the various COVID-19 related stimulus programs.  Bank card and other fees totaled $9.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, an increase of $4.1 million, or 76.9%, when compared to the same time period in 2020 principally due to revenue from customer derivatives.

Noninterest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2021 totaled $112.2 million, a decrease of $11.6 million, or 9.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2020.  The decrease in noninterest expense when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020 was principally due to a decrease in the credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures partially offset by increases in salaries and employee benefits and services and fees.  Salaries and employee benefits totaled $71.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, an increase of $2.0 million, or 2.9%, when compared to the same time period in 2020.  The increase in salaries and employee benefits when the first quarter of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020 was principally due to higher commissions expense resulting from improvements in mortgage production, an increase in salary expenses as a result of general merit increases and increases in incentive stock compensation and other performance based incentives, partially offset by non-routine expenses related to the voluntary early retirement program completed by Trustmark during the first quarter of 2020.  Trustmark incurred $4.3 million of non-routine salaries and employee benefits expense during the first quarter of 2020 related to this program.  Excluding these non-routine expenses, salaries and employee benefits increased $6.3 million, or 9.7%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020.  Services and fees totaled $22.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, an increase of $2.6 million, or 12.8%, when compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to increases in legal fees related to ongoing litigation matters, service fees related to independent contractors and data processing charges related to software.

Trustmark’s provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 totaled a negative $10.5 million compared to a provision for credit losses of $20.6 million for the same time period in 2020.  Credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures totaled a negative $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to $6.8 million for the same time period in 2020.  The decrease in both the provision for credit losses and the credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures for the first three months of 2021 was primarily due to improvements in the macroeconomic forecast used in the


quantitative calculation of the allowance for credit losses (ACL).  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Credit Losses” for additional information regarding the provision for credit losses.

At March 31, 2021, nonperforming assets totaled $74.2 million, a decrease of $614 thousand, or 0.8%, compared to December 31, 2020, primarily due to a decline in other real estate.  Nonaccrual LHFI totaled $63.5 million at March 31, 2021, an increase of $386 thousand, or 0.6%, relative to December 31, 2020, primarily due to LHFI placed on nonaccrual status largely offset by one large commercial credit which was returned to accrual status as well as pay-offs of nonaccrual LHFI in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region.  Other real estate totaled $10.7 million at March 31, 2021, a decline of $1.0 million, or 8.6%, compared to December 31, 2020, principally due to properties sold in Trustmark’s Mississippi, Alabama and Tennessee market regions.

LHFI totaled $9.984 billion at March 31, 2021, an increase of $159.2 million, or 1.6%, compared to December 31, 2020.  The increase in LHFI during the first three months of 2021 was primarily due to net growth in LHFI secured by real estate across all five market regions, partially offset by declines in other commercial LHFI in the Mississippi, Texas, Alabama and Florida market regions.  For additional information regarding changes in LHFI and comparative balances by loan category, see the section captioned “LHFI.”

Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations.  In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines, FHLB advances and, on a limited basis, brokered deposits.  See the section captioned “Liquidity” for further discussion of the components of Trustmark’s excess funding capacity.

Total deposits were $14.383 billion at March 31, 2021, an increase of $334.7 million, or 2.4%, compared to December 31, 2020, primarily reflecting deposits of proceeds from line draws, PPP loans and other COVID-19 related stimulus programs.  During the first three months of 2021, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $357.0 million, or 8.2%, due to growth across all types of noninterest-bearing deposit accounts.  Interest-bearing deposits decreased $22.3 million, or 0.2%, during the first three months of 2021, primarily due to declines in public interest checking accounts and all categories of certificates of deposits, largely offset by growth in all other categories of interest-bearing deposit accounts.

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments

On March 5, 2021, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), which regulates London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), confirmed that the publication of most LIBOR term rates will end on June 30, 2023 (excluding 1-week U.S. LIBOR and 2-month U.S. LIBOR, the publication of which will end on December 31, 2021).  Additionally, on April 6, 2021, New York Governor Cuomo signed into law legislation that provides for the substitution of an alternative reference rate, the Secured Overnight Funding Rate (SOFR), in any LIBOR-based contract governed by New York state law that does not include clear fallback language, once LIBOR is discontinued.  The Federal Reserve and other federal banking agencies have continued to encourage banks to transition away from LIBOR as soon as practicable. Given LIBOR’s extensive use across financial markets, the transition away from LIBOR presents various risks and challenges to financial markets and institutions, including Trustmark.  For additional information regarding the transition from LIBOR and Trustmark’s management of this transition, please see the respective risk factor included in Part I. Item 1A. – Risk Factors, of Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report.

For additional information regarding legislation and regulation applicable to Trustmark, see the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report.


Selected Financial Data

The following tables present financial data derived from Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

109,472

 

 

$

120,394

 

Total interest expense

 

 

7,136

 

 

 

16,442

 

Net interest income

 

 

102,336

 

 

 

103,952

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(10,501

)

 

 

20,581

 

Noninterest income

 

 

60,583

 

 

 

65,264

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

112,181

 

 

 

123,810

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

61,239

 

 

 

24,825

 

Income taxes

 

 

9,277

 

 

 

2,607

 

Net Income

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

22,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Revenue (1)

 

$

162,919

 

 

$

169,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS

 

$

0.82

 

 

$

0.35

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

0.82

 

 

 

0.35

 

Cash dividends per share

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

 

11.98

%

 

 

5.45

%

Return on average tangible equity

 

 

15.56

%

 

 

7.34

%

Return on average assets

 

 

1.26

%

 

 

0.66

%

Average equity / average assets

 

 

10.55

%

 

 

12.02

%

Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)

 

 

2.81

%

 

 

3.52

%

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

28.05

%

 

 

65.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Ratios (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs (recoveries) / average loans

 

 

-0.09

%

 

 

0.13

%

Provision for credit losses / average loans

 

 

-0.41

%

 

 

0.86

%

Nonaccrual LHFI / (LHFI + LHFS)

 

 

0.61

%

 

 

0.54

%

Nonperforming assets / (LHFI + LHFS)

   plus other real estate

 

 

0.71

%

 

 

0.78

%

ACL LHFI / LHFI

 

 

1.09

%

 

 

1.05

%

(1)

Consistent with Trustmark’s audited annual financial statements, total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.

(2)

Excludes PPP loans.


March 31,

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

16,878,313

 

 

$

14,019,829

 

Securities

 

 

2,831,414

 

 

 

2,538,055

 

Total loans (LHFI + LHFS)

 

 

10,396,703

 

 

 

9,893,309

 

Deposits

 

 

14,383,440

 

 

 

11,575,764

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

1,759,705

 

 

 

1,652,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market value - close

 

$

33.66

 

 

$

23.30

 

Book value

 

 

27.76

 

 

 

26.06

 

Tangible book value

 

 

21.59

 

 

 

19.92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity / total assets

 

 

10.43

%

 

 

11.79

%

Tangible equity / tangible assets

 

 

8.30

%

 

 

9.27

%

Tangible equity / risk-weighted assets

 

 

11.23

%

 

 

11.05

%

Tier 1 leverage ratio (1)

 

 

9.11

%

 

 

10.21

%

Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (1)

 

 

11.71

%

 

 

11.35

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (1)

 

 

12.20

%

 

 

11.88

%

Total risk-based capital ratio (1)

 

 

14.07

%

 

 

12.78

%

(1)

Trustmark elected the five-year phase-in transition period related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to capital ratios defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible common equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy.  Tangible common equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents common equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions.  Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations.  These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.  In Management’s experience, many stock analysts use tangible common equity measures in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare capital adequacy of banking organizations with significant amounts of goodwill or other intangible assets, typically stemming from the use of the purchase accounting method in accounting for mergers and acquisitions.

These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators.  Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible common equity ratios.  Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations.  Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors.  As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. 


The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,759,351

 

 

$

1,640,070

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(385,155

)

 

 

(380,671

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(7,118

)

 

 

(8,049

)

Total average tangible equity

 

 

$

1,367,078

 

 

$

1,251,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERIOD END BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,759,705

 

 

$

1,652,399

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(384,237

)

 

 

(381,717

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(6,724

)

 

 

(7,537

)

Total tangible equity

(a)

 

$

1,368,744

 

 

$

1,263,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

16,878,313

 

 

$

14,019,829

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(384,237

)

 

 

(381,717

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(6,724

)

 

 

(7,537

)

Total tangible assets

(b)

 

$

16,487,352

 

 

$

13,630,575

 

Risk-weighted assets

(c)

 

$

12,188,988

 

 

$

11,427,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

22,218

 

Plus:  Intangible amortization net of tax

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

609

 

Net income adjusted for intangible amortization

 

 

$

52,462

 

 

$

22,827

 

Period end shares outstanding

(d)

 

 

63,394,522

 

 

 

63,396,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY MEASUREMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average tangible equity (1)

 

 

 

15.56

%

 

 

7.34

%

Tangible equity/tangible assets

(a)/(b)

 

 

8.30

%

 

 

9.27

%

Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets

(a)/(c)

 

 

11.23

%

 

 

11.05

%

Tangible book value

(a)/(d)*1,000

 

$

21.59

 

 

$

19.92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL (CET1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,759,705

 

 

$

1,652,399

 

CECL transitional adjustment (2)

 

 

 

26,829

 

 

 

26,476

 

AOCI-related adjustments

 

 

 

16,506

 

 

 

(7,698

)

CET1 adjustments and deductions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill net of associated deferred tax liabilities (DTLs)

 

 

 

(370,288

)

 

 

(367,825

)

Other adjustments and deductions for CET1 (3)

 

 

 

(5,675

)

 

 

(6,269

)

CET1 capital

(e)

 

 

1,427,077

 

 

 

1,297,083

 

Additional Tier 1 capital instruments plus related surplus

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

 

$

1,487,077

 

 

$

1,357,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

(e)/(c)

 

 

11.71

%

 

 

11.35

%

(1)

Calculated using annualized net income adjusted for intangible amortization divided by total average tangible equity.

(2)

Trustmark elected the five-year phase-in transition period related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.

(3)

Includes other intangible assets, net of DTLs, disallowed deferred tax assets, threshold deductions and transition adjustments, as applicable.

Trustmark discloses certain non-GAAP financial measures, including net income adjusted for significant non-routine transactions, because Management uses these measures for business planning purposes, including to manage Trustmark’s business against internal projected results of operations and to measure Trustmark’s performance.  Trustmark views these as measures of its core operating business, which exclude the impact of the items detailed below, as these items are generally not operational in nature.  These non-GAAP financial measures also provide another basis for comparing period-to-period results as presented in the accompanying selected financial data table and the consolidated financial statements by excluding potential differences caused by non-operational and unusual or non-recurring items.  Readers are cautioned that these adjustments are not permitted under GAAP.  Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.


The following table presents adjustments to net income and selected financial ratios as reported in accordance with GAAP resulting from significant non-routine items occurring during the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

Amount

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

Net Income (GAAP)

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

0.82

 

 

$

22,218

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant non-routine transactions

   (net of taxes):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voluntary early retirement program

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,281

 

 

 

0.05

 

Net Income adjusted for significant

   non-routine transactions

   (Non-GAAP)

 

$

51,962

 

 

$

0.82

 

 

$

25,499

 

 

$

0.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported (GAAP)

 

 

Adjusted

(Non-GAAP)

 

 

Reported (GAAP)

 

 

Adjusted

(Non-GAAP)

 

Return on average equity

 

 

11.98

%

 

n/a

 

 

 

5.45

%

 

 

6.25

%

Return on average tangible equity

 

 

15.56

%

 

n/a

 

 

 

7.34

%

 

 

8.39

%

Return on average assets

 

 

1.26

%

 

n/a

 

 

 

0.66

%

 

 

0.75

%

n/a – not applicable

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them.  The accompanying yield/rate analysis table shows the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a FTE basis using the federal statutory corporate tax rate in effect for each of the periods shown.  Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income.  Loan fees included in interest associated with the average LHFI and LHFS balances were immaterial.

Net interest income-FTE for the three months ended March 31, 2021 decreased $1.8 million, or 1.7%, when compared with the same time period in 2020.  The net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2021 decreased 71 basis points to 2.81% when compared to the same time period in 2020.  The net interest margin excluding PPP loans and the balance held at the FRB of Atlanta, which equals the reported net interest income-FTE excluding interest and fees on PPP and interest on the FRB balance, as a percentage of average earning assets excluding average PPP loans and the FRB balance, was 2.99% for the three months ended March 31, 2021, a decrease of 56 basis points when compared to 3.55% for the same time period in 2020.  The decrease in the net interest margin excluding PPP loans and the balance held at the FRB of Atlanta for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the same time period in 2020, was principally due to declines in the yield on the LHFI and LHFS and securities portfolios, partially offset by lower costs of interest-bearing deposits.

As of March 31, 2021, TNB had 7,456 PPP loans outstanding totaling $701.8 million.  Net of deferred fees and costs of $22.1 million, PPP loans totaled $679.7 million at March 31, 2021.  Processing fees earned by TNB as the originating lender are being amortized over the life of the loans.  Payments on PPP loans are deferred until the date the SBA remits the borrower’s loan forgiveness amount to the lender (or, if the borrower does not apply for loan forgiveness, ten months after the end of the borrower’s loan forgiveness covered period).  Trustmark cannot predict the amount of PPP loans that will be forgiven in whole or in part by the SBA, nor can it predict the magnitude and timing of the impact the PPP loans and related fees will have on Trustmark’s net interest margin.  However, TNB’s participation in the PPP will likely have a significant impact on Trustmark’s asset mix and net interest margin for the remainder of 2021 as a result of the addition of these low interest rate loans and the related processing fees earned on these loans.

The average FRB balance for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 totaled $1.618 billion and $147.0 million, respectively, an increase of $1.471 billion, while interest earned on the FRB balance declined $168 thousand when the three months ended March 31, 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020.  The yield on the FRB balance was 0.09% for the three months


ended March 31, 2021, a decline of 140 basis points when compared to 1.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2020.  The decline in the yield on the FRB balance was the result of the FRB’s decision in March 2020 to reduce the interest that it pays on excess reserves from 1.60% to 0.10%.

Average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2021 were $15.199 billion compared to $12.229 billion for the same time period in 2020, an increase of $2.971 billion, or 24.3%.  The increase in average earning assets during the first three months of 2021 was primarily due to increases in average other earning assets of $1.481 billion, average loans (LHFS and LHFI) of $638.1 million, or 6.6%, average PPP loans of $598.1 million and average securities of $253.7 million, or 10.7%.  The increase in average other earning assets when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, was primarily due to an increase in excess reserves held at the FRB as a result of the increase in customer deposit account balances.  The increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) was primarily attributable to the $415.8 million, or 4.3%, increase in the LHFI portfolio when balances at March 31, 2021 are compared to balances at March 31, 2020.  This increase was principally due to net growth in loans secured by real estate, partially offset by net declines in commercial and industrial loans and other commercial loans.  The increase in average securities when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020 was primarily due to purchase of securities available for sale, partially offset by calls, maturities and pay-downs of the underlying loans of government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) guaranteed securities.

During the first three months of 2021, interest income-FTE totaled $112.4 million, a decrease of $11.1 million, or 9.0%, while the yield on total earning assets declined 106 basis points to 3.00% when compared to the first three months of 2020.  The decrease in interest income-FTE for the first three months of 2021 was primarily due to declines in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE and interest on securities-taxable, partially offset by the addition of interest and fees on PPP loans.  During the first three months of 2021, interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE declined $16.0 million, or 14.6%, when compared to the same time period in 2020, while the yield on loans (LHFS and LHFI) decreased 87 basis points to 3.67% as a result of lower interest rates.  During the first three months of 2021, interest on securities-taxable decreased $4.0 million, or 31.0%, while the yield on securities-taxable declined 85 basis points to 1.40% when compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to the run off of maturing investment securities and lower interest rates on securities available for sale purchased.  Interest and fees on PPP loans totaled $9.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, while the yield on these loans was 6.27%.  

Average interest-bearing liabilities for the first three months of 2021 totaled $10.293 billion compared to $8.843 billion for the same time period in 2020, an increase of $1.450 billion, or 16.4%.  The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was primarily the result of the increase in average interest-bearing deposits.  Average interest-bearing deposits for the first three months of 2021 increased $1.326 billion, or 15.7%, when compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to growth in average savings deposits and interest-bearing demand deposits as customers deposited proceeds from line draws, PPP loans and other COVID-19 related stimulus programs.  

Interest expense for the first three months of 2021 totaled $7.1 million, a decrease of $9.3 million, or 56.6%, when compared with the same time period in 2020, while the rate on total interest-bearing liabilities decreased 47 basis points to 0.28%, primarily due to a decline in interest on deposits.  Interest on deposits decreased $9.7 million, or 65.1%, while the rate on interest-bearing deposits decreased 49 basis points to 0.22% when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to lower interest rates, partially offset by the increase in average interest-bearing deposits.


The following table provides the tax equivalent basis yield or rate for each component of the tax equivalent net interest margin for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under

   reverse repurchase agreements

 

$

136

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

164

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Securities - taxable

 

 

2,587,349

 

 

 

8,938

 

 

 

1.40

%

 

 

2,315,162

 

 

 

12,948

 

 

 

2.25

%

Securities - nontaxable

 

 

29,260

 

 

 

290

 

 

 

4.02

%

 

 

47,729

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

3.85

%

PPP Loans

 

 

598,139

 

 

 

9,241

 

 

 

6.27

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (LHFS and LHFI)

 

 

10,316,319

 

 

 

93,394

 

 

 

3.67

%

 

 

9,678,174

 

 

 

109,357

 

 

 

4.54

%

Other earning assets

 

 

1,667,906

 

 

 

503

 

 

 

0.12

%

 

 

187,327

 

 

 

740

 

 

 

1.59

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

15,199,109

 

 

 

112,366

 

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

12,228,556

 

 

 

123,502

 

 

 

4.06

%

Other assets

 

 

1,601,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,498,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses, LHFI

 

 

(119,557

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(85,015

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

16,680,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,642,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

9,774,518

 

 

 

5,223

 

 

 

0.22

%

 

$

8,448,377

 

 

 

14,957

 

 

 

0.71

%

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

166,909

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

0.14

%

 

 

247,513

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

1.02

%

Other borrowings

 

 

351,657

 

 

 

1,857

 

 

 

2.14

%

 

 

147,135

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

2.35

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

10,293,084

 

 

 

7,136

 

 

 

0.28

%

 

 

8,843,025

 

 

 

16,442

 

 

 

0.75

%

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

4,363,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,910,951

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

264,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

1,759,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,640,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

16,680,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,642,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,230

 

 

 

2.81

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,060

 

 

 

3.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin per Consolidated

   Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

$

102,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

103,952

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses is the amount necessary to maintain the ACL for LHFI at the amount of expected credit losses inherent within the LHFI portfolio.  The amount of provision for credit losses and the related ACL for LHFI are based on Trustmark’s ACL methodology.  The provision for credit losses totaled a negative $10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to a provision for credit losses of $20.6 million for the same time period in 2020. The negative provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2021 primarily reflected improvements in the macroeconomic forecast used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL. See the section captioned “Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI” for information regarding Trustmark’s ACL methodology as well as further analysis of the provision for credit losses.


Noninterest Income

Noninterest income represented 37.2% of total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to 38.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2020.  The following table provides the comparative components of noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

7,356

 

 

$

10,032

 

 

$

(2,676

)

 

 

-26.7

%

Bank card and other fees

 

 

9,472

 

 

 

5,355

 

 

 

4,117

 

 

 

76.9

%

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

20,804

 

 

 

27,483

 

 

 

(6,679

)

 

 

-24.3

%

Insurance commissions

 

 

12,445

 

 

 

11,550

 

 

 

895

 

 

 

7.7

%

Wealth management

 

 

8,416

 

 

 

8,537

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

-1.4

%

Other, net

 

 

2,090

 

 

 

2,307

 

 

 

(217

)

 

 

-9.4

%

Total noninterest income

 

$

60,583

 

 

$

65,264

 

 

$

(4,681

)

 

 

-7.2

%

Changes in various components of noninterest income are discussed in further detail below.  For analysis of Trustmark’s insurance commissions and wealth management income, please see the section captioned “Results of Segment Operations.”

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

The decrease in service charges on deposit accounts for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the same time period in 2020 was principally due to a decline in the amount of NSF and overdraft occurrences on consumer deposit accounts primarily as a result of higher average customer account balances resulting from the various COVID-19 related stimulus programs.

Bank Card and Other Fees

The increase in bank card and other fees for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the same time period in 2020 was principally due to revenue from customer derivatives.

Mortgage Banking, Net

The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Mortgage servicing income, net

 

$

6,181

 

 

$

5,819

 

 

$

362

 

 

 

6.2

%

Change in fair value-MSR from

   runoff

 

 

(5,103

)

 

 

(2,607

)

 

 

(2,496

)

 

 

-95.7

%

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

 

19,456

 

 

 

14,339

 

 

 

5,117

 

 

 

35.7

%

Mortgage banking income

   before net hedge

   ineffectiveness

 

 

20,534

 

 

 

17,551

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

17.0

%

Change in fair value-MSR from

   market changes

 

 

13,696

 

 

 

(23,999

)

 

 

37,695

 

 

n/m

 

Change in fair value of derivatives

 

 

(13,426

)

 

 

33,931

 

 

 

(47,357

)

 

n/m

 

Net hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

270

 

 

 

9,932

 

 

 

(9,662

)

 

 

-97.3

%

Mortgage banking, net

 

$

20,804

 

 

$

27,483

 

 

$

(6,679

)

 

 

-24.3

%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The decrease in mortgage banking, net for the three months ended March 31, 2021 when compared to the same time period in 2020 was principally due to a decline in the net hedge ineffectiveness and an increase in the MSR run-off partially offset by an increase in the gain on sales of loans, net.  The decline in the positive hedge ineffectiveness for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the same time period in 2020 was primarily due to reduced spreads between mortgage and ten-year Treasury rates.  Mortgage loan production for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $766.6 million, an increase of $309.4 million, or 67.7%, when compared to the same time period in 2020 and was primarily due to the increase in refinance activity and new home purchases driven by the low interest rate environment.  Loans serviced for others totaled $7.716 billion at March 31, 2021, compared with $7.157 billion at March 31, 2020, an increase of $559.6 million, or 7.8%.


Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is the gain on sales of loans, net.  The increase in the gain on sales of loans, net when the three months ended March 31, 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, was primarily the result of higher profit margins in secondary marketing activities and an increase in the volume of loans sold partially offset by a decline the mortgage valuation adjustment.  Loan sales totaled $659.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, an increase of $342.3 million when compared with the same time period in 2020, reflecting the increase in mortgage loan production during the period.

Other Income, Net

The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Partnership amortization for tax credit

   purposes

 

$

(1,522

)

 

$

(1,161

)

 

$

(361

)

 

 

-31.1

%

Increase in life insurance cash

   surrender value

 

 

1,639

 

 

 

1,722

 

 

 

(83

)

 

 

-4.8

%

Other miscellaneous income

 

 

1,973

 

 

 

1,746

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

13.0

%

Total other, net

 

$

2,090

 

 

$

2,307

 

 

$

(217

)

 

 

-9.4

%

Noninterest Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

71,162

 

 

$

69,148

 

 

$

2,014

 

 

 

2.9

%

Services and fees

 

 

22,484

 

 

 

19,930

 

 

 

2,554

 

 

 

12.8

%

Net occupancy-premises

 

 

6,795

 

 

 

6,286

 

 

 

509

 

 

 

8.1

%

Equipment expense

 

 

6,244

 

 

 

5,616

 

 

 

628

 

 

 

11.2

%

Other real estate expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

150

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

(846

)

 

 

-84.9

%

Net (gain) loss on sale

 

 

(59

)

 

 

70

 

 

 

(129

)

 

n/m

 

Carrying costs

 

 

233

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

2.2

%

Total other real estate expense, net

 

 

324

 

 

 

1,294

 

 

 

(970

)

 

 

-75.0

%

Credit loss expense related to off-balance

   sheet credit exposures

 

 

(9,367

)

 

 

6,783

 

 

 

(16,150

)

 

n/m

 

Other expense

 

 

14,539

 

 

 

14,753

 

 

 

(214

)

 

 

-1.5

%

Total noninterest expense

 

$

112,181

 

 

$

123,810

 

 

$

(11,629

)

 

 

-9.4

%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Changes in the various components of noninterest expense are discussed in further detail below.  Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

The increase in salaries and employee benefits when the first quarter of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020 was principally due to higher commissions expense resulting from improvements in mortgage production, an increase in salary expenses as a result of general merit increases and increases in incentive stock compensation and other performance based incentives, partially offset by non-routine expenses related to the voluntary early retirement program completed by Trustmark during the first quarter of 2020.

During the first quarter of 2020, Trustmark completed a voluntary early retirement program and incurred $4.3 million of non-routine salaries and employee benefits expense related to this program.  Excluding these non-routine expenses, salaries and employee benefits increased $6.3 million, or 9.7%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020.


Services and Fees

The increase in services and fees when the three months ended March 31, 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, was primarily due to increases in legal fees related to ongoing litigation matters, service fees related to independent contractors and data processing charges related to software.

Credit Loss Expense Related to Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

FASB ASC Topic 326 requires Trustmark to estimate expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures which are not unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark.  Trustmark maintains a separate ACL for off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded commitments and letters of credit.  Adjustments to the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures are recorded as noninterest expense in credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures.  The negative credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet exposures for the first quarter of 2021 was primarily due to improvements in the macroeconomic forecast used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.

Other Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of other noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Loan expense

 

$

3,411

 

 

$

2,799

 

 

$

612

 

 

 

21.9

%

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

666

 

 

 

812

 

 

 

(146

)

 

 

-18.0

%

FDIC assessment expense

 

 

1,540

 

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

-3.1

%

Other miscellaneous expense

 

 

8,922

 

 

 

9,552

 

 

 

(630

)

 

 

-6.6

%

Total other expense

 

$

14,539

 

 

$

14,753

 

 

$

(214

)

 

 

-1.5

%

Results of Segment Operations

For a description of the methodologies used to measure financial performance and financial information by reportable segment, please see Note 18 – Segment Information included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.  The following discusses changes in the results of operations of each reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.

General Banking

Net interest income for the General Banking Segment decreased $1.3 million, or 1.3%, when the three months ended March 31, 2021 is compared with the same time period in 2020.  The decrease in net interest income was principally due to decreases in interest and fees on LHFI and LHFS and interest on securities, which were largely offset by the addition of interest and fees on PPP loans and a decrease in interest on deposits, primarily due to declines in interest rates in general.  The provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 totaled a negative $10.5 million compared to a provision for credit losses of $18.4 million for the same period in 2020, a decrease of $28.9 million primarily due to improvements in the macroeconomic forecast used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.  For more information on these net interest income items, please see the sections captioned “Financial Highlights” and “Results of Operations.”

Noninterest income for the General Banking Segment decreased $5.5 million, or 12.2%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to the declines in mortgage banking, net, and service charges on deposit accounts partially offset by an increase in bank card and other fees.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Segment represented 28.2% of total revenue for this segment for the first three months of 2021 compared to 30.6% for the same time period in 2020.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Segment includes service charges on deposit accounts; bank card and other fees; mortgage banking, net; other income, net and securities gains (losses), net.  For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Income.”

Noninterest expense for the General Banking Segment decreased $11.9 million, or 11.1%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared with the same time period in 2020, principally due to the decrease in the credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures partially offset by increases in salaries and employee benefits and services and fees.  For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Expense.”


Wealth Management

Net income for the Wealth Management Segment for the first three months of 2021 increased $1.7 million when compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to a decrease in the provision for credit losses.  Net interest income for the Wealth Management Segment declined $273 thousand, or 18.2%, when the first three months of 2021 are compared to the same time period in 2020, principally due to a decline in interest and fees on loans generated by the Private Banking Department.  The provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 totaled a negative $2 thousand compared to a provision for credit losses of $2.2 million for the same period in 2020, a decrease of $2.2 million primarily due to improvements in the macroeconomic forecast used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.  Noninterest income for the Wealth Management Segment, which primarily includes income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services, decreased $53 thousand, or 0.6%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to decreases in income from trust management services, mostly offset by an increase in income from brokerage services.  Noninterest expense for the Wealth Management Segment decreased $322 thousand, or 3.8%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, principally due to declines in other miscellaneous expenses partially offset by increases in salary and employee benefit expense.

At March 31, 2021 and 2020, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $13.286 billion and $11.641 billion, respectively, and brokerage assets of $2.213 billion and $1.764 billion, respectively.

Insurance

Net income for the Insurance Segment for the first three months of 2021 increased $216 thousand, or 10.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2020.  Noninterest income for the Insurance Segment, which is predominately composed of insurance commissions, increased $896 thousand, or 7.7%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to new business commission volume in the property and casualty business and increases in other commission income.  Noninterest expense for the Insurance Segment increased $546 thousand, or 6.2%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to higher salaries expense resulting from modest general merit increases and associates added as a result of agencies acquired during 2020, as well as increases in outside services and fees.

Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 15.1% compared to 10.5% for the same time period in 2020.  The increase in the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to the same time period in 2020 was principally due to an increase in the amount of forecasted net income for the respective years.  Trustmark’s effective tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to various tax-exempt income items and its utilization of income tax credit programs.  Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits or historical tax credits).  The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense.

Financial Condition

Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold and other earning assets.  Average earning assets totaled $15.199 billion, or 91.1% of total average assets, for the three months ended March 31, 2021, compared to $12.229 billion, or 89.6% of total average assets, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $2.971 billion, or 24.3%.

Securities

The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding.  Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of the portfolio.  The weighted-average life of the portfolio was 3.7 years at March 31, 2021 compared to 2.9 years at December 31, 2020.  The increase in the weighted-average life of the securities portfolio was principally due to available for sale securities purchased during the period and lower projected mortgage prepayment estimates.

When compared to December 31, 2020, total investment securities increased by $301.5 million, or 11.9%, during the first three months of 2021.  This increase resulted primarily from purchases of available for sale securities, partially offset by calls, maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying GSE guaranteed securities.  Trustmark sold no securities during the first three months of 2021 or 2020.


During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity to mitigate the potential adverse impact of a rising interest rate environment on the fair value of the available for sale securities and the related impact on tangible common equity.  The resulting net unrealized holding loss is being amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  At March 31, 2021, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, (AOCI) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets totaled $8.2 million ($6.2 million net of tax) compared to $8.9 million ($6.7 million net of tax) at December 31, 2020.

Available for sale securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in AOCI, a separate component of shareholders’ equity.  At March 31, 2021, available for sale securities totaled $2.338 billion, which represented 82.6% of the securities portfolio, compared to $1.992 billion, or 78.7%, at December 31, 2020.  At March 31, 2021, unrealized gains, net on available for sale securities totaled $10.2 million compared to unrealized gains, net of $32.0 million at December 31, 2020.  At March 31, 2021, available for sale securities consisted of obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities and direct obligations of government agencies and GSEs.

Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity.  At March 31, 2021, held to maturity securities totaled $493.7 million, which represented 17.4% of the total securities portfolio, compared with $538.1 million, or 21.3%, at December 31, 2020.

Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of 98.0% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa-rated securities as determined by Moody’s Investors Services (Moody’s).  None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime.  Furthermore, outside of stock ownership in the FHLB of Dallas, FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Trustmark does not hold any other equity investment in a GSE.

As of March 31, 2021, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding 10% of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion.  Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio.

The following table presents Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at March 31, 2021 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

2,322,251

 

 

 

99.8

%

 

$

2,331,878

 

 

 

99.8

%

A1 to A3

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,101

 

 

 

 

Not Rated (1)

 

 

4,123

 

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

4,697

 

 

 

0.2

%

Total securities available for sale

 

$

2,327,434

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

2,337,676

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

467,185

 

 

 

94.6

%

 

$

488,593

 

 

 

94.8

%

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

8,950

 

 

 

1.8

%

 

 

8,987

 

 

 

1.8

%

Not Rated (1)

 

 

17,603

 

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

17,716

 

 

 

3.4

%

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

493,738

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

515,296

 

 

 

100.0

%

(1)

Not rated securities primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations.

The table above presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category, and not by category of the underlying security.  At March 31, 2021, approximately 99.8% of the available for sale securities, measured at the estimated fair value, and 94.6% of the held to maturity securities, measured at amortized cost, were rated Aaa.


LHFS

At March 31, 2021, LHFS totaled $413.0 million, consisting of $289.6 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $123.4 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  At December 31, 2020, LHFS totaled $447.0 million, consisting of $305.8 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $141.2 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2021 or 2020.

For additional information regarding the GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “Past Due LHFS” included in Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI of Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

LHFI

The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown and rapidly evolving. It has caused substantial disruption in international and the United States economies, markets and employment.  The pandemic has had and may continue to have a significant adverse impact on certain industries Trustmark serves, including the restaurant and food services, hotel, retail and energy industries.  See the section captioned “Executive Overview” for further information and discussion regarding the current and anticipated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

542,902

 

 

 

5.4

%

 

$

514,056

 

 

 

5.2

%

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

509,732

 

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

524,732

 

 

 

5.3

%

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,799,195

 

 

 

28.0

%

 

 

2,709,026

 

 

 

27.6

%

Other real estate secured

 

 

1,135,005

 

 

 

11.4

%

 

 

1,065,964

 

 

 

10.9

%

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

799,186

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

794,983

 

 

 

8.1

%

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,233,050

 

 

 

12.3

%

 

 

1,216,400

 

 

 

12.4

%

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,323,277

 

 

 

13.3

%

 

 

1,309,078

 

 

 

13.3

%

Consumer loans

 

 

155,356

 

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

164,386

 

 

 

1.7

%

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,036,694

 

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

1,000,776

 

 

 

10.2

%

Other commercial loans

 

 

449,307

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

525,123

 

 

 

5.3

%

LHFI

 

$

9,983,704

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

9,824,524

 

 

 

100.0

%

LHFI increased $159.2 million, or 1.6%, compared to December 31, 2020.  The increase in LHFI during the first three months of 2021 was primarily due to net growth in LHFI secured by real estate across all five market regions, partially offset by declines in other commercial LHFI in the Mississippi, Texas, Alabama and Florida market regions.

LHFI secured by real estate increased $193.9 million, or 2.8%, during the first three months of 2021 primarily due to net growth in LHFI secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties (NFNR LHFI), LHFI secured by other real estate and LHFI secured by construction, land development and other land.  NFNR LHFI increased $90.2 million, or 3.3%, during the first three months of 2021, principally due to movement from the other construction loans category.  Excluding other construction loan reclassifications, the NFNR LHFI portfolio decreased $50.1 million, or 1.9%, during the first three months of 2021 primarily due to declines in owner-occupied loans in the Mississippi, Alabama and Texas market regions and nonowner-occupied loans in the Alabama market region, which were partially offset by growth in nonowner-occupied loans in the Texas and Mississippi market regions.  LHFI secured by other real estate increased $69.0 million, or 6.5%, during the first three months of 2021, primarily due to other construction loans that moved to LHFI secured by multi-family residential properties in the Alabama, Mississippi and Texas market regions.  Excluding other construction loan reclassifications, LHFI secured by other real estate increased $1.1 million, or 0.1%, during the first three months of 2021.  Other construction loans increased $4.2 million, or 0.5%, during the first three months of 2021 primarily due to new construction loans across all five market regions, which were largely offset by other construction loans moved to other loan categories upon the completion of the related construction project.  During the first three months of 2021, $208.6 million loans were moved from other construction to other loan categories, including $67.9 million to multi-family residential loans, $96.4 million to nonowner-


occupied loans and $43.9 million to owner-occupied loans.  Excluding all reclassifications between loan categories, growth in other construction loans across all five market regions totaled $212.8 million during the first three months of 2021.  LHFI secured by construction, land development and other land increased $28.8 million, or 5.6%, during the first three months of 2021 primarily due to net growth in development, unimproved land and 1-4 family construction loans in Trustmark’s Mississippi, Alabama and Tennessee market regions.  

Other commercial loans, which include loans to financial intermediaries, decreased $75.8 million, or 14.4%, during the first three months of 2021, primarily due to declines in the Mississippi and Texas market regions.

Commercial and industrial LHFI increased $14.2 million, or 1.1%, during the first three months of 2021, primarily due to growth in Trustmark’s Tennessee, Mississippi and Alabama market regions partially offset by declines in the Texas market region.  Trustmark’s exposure to the energy sector is primarily included in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Texas market regions.  At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, energy-related LHFI had outstanding balances of $106.4 million and $102.3 million, respectively, which represented 1.1% of Trustmark’s total LHFI portfolio at March 31, 2021 compared to 1.0% of the total LHFI portfolio at December 31, 2020.  Trustmark has no loan exposure where the source of repayment, or the underlying security of such exposure, is tied to the realization of value from energy reserves.  Should oil prices fall below current levels for a prolonged period of time, there is potential for downgrades to occur.  Management will continue to monitor this exposure.  

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s home equity loans and home equity lines of credit which are included in the LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Home equity loans

 

$

39,885

 

 

$

40,730

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

343,774

 

 

 

352,309

 

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark holds first lien

 

 

59.4

%

 

 

59.5

%

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark does not hold first lien

 

 

40.6

%

 

 

40.5

%

Due to the increased risk associated with second liens, loan terms and underwriting guidelines differ from those used for products secured by first liens.  Loan amounts and loan-to-value ratios are limited and are lower for second liens than first liens.  Also, interest rates and maximum amortization periods are adjusted accordingly.  In addition, regardless of lien position, the passing credit score for approval of all home equity lines of credit is higher than that of term loans.  The ACL on LHFI is also reflective of the increased risk related to second liens through application of a greater loss factor to this portion of the portfolio.

The following tables provide information regarding the interest rate terms of Trustmark’s LHFI as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands).  Trustmark’s variable rate LHFI are based primarily on various prime and LIBOR interest rate bases.

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

160,049

 

 

$

382,853

 

 

$

542,902

 

Other secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

11,574

 

 

 

498,158

 

 

 

509,732

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,581,813

 

 

 

1,217,382

 

 

 

2,799,195

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

330,656

 

 

 

804,349

 

 

 

1,135,005

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

119,660

 

 

 

679,526

 

 

 

799,186

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

751,108

 

 

 

481,942

 

 

 

1,233,050

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

659,261

 

 

 

664,016

 

 

 

1,323,277

 

Consumer loans

 

 

130,407

 

 

 

24,949

 

 

 

155,356

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

993,449

 

 

 

43,245

 

 

 

1,036,694

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

247,235

 

 

 

202,072

 

 

 

449,307

 

LHFI

 

$

4,985,212

 

 

$

4,998,492

 

 

$

9,983,704

 


 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

147,640

 

 

$

366,416

 

 

$

514,056

 

Other secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

17,751

 

 

 

506,981

 

 

 

524,732

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,506,066

 

 

 

1,202,960

 

 

 

2,709,026

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

292,878

 

 

 

773,086

 

 

 

1,065,964

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

134,114

 

 

 

660,869

 

 

 

794,983

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

732,050

 

 

 

484,350

 

 

 

1,216,400

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

752,502

 

 

 

556,576

 

 

 

1,309,078

 

Consumer loans

 

 

138,989

 

 

 

25,397

 

 

 

164,386

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

970,500

 

 

 

30,276

 

 

 

1,000,776

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

248,860

 

 

 

276,263

 

 

 

525,123

 

LHFI

 

$

4,941,350

 

 

$

4,883,174

 

 

$

9,824,524

 

In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages) and credit cards.  These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally analyzed and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.


The following table presents the LHFI composition by region at March 31, 2021 and reflects each region���s diversified mix of loans ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

LHFI Composition by Region

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

542,902

 

 

$

214,722

 

 

$

48,291

 

 

$

171,539

 

 

$

39,145

 

 

$

69,205

 

Other secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

509,732

 

 

 

112,699

 

 

 

37,777

 

 

 

284,646

 

 

 

61,178

 

 

 

13,432

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,799,195

 

 

 

765,496

 

 

 

263,877

 

 

 

976,949

 

 

 

181,688

 

 

 

611,185

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

1,135,005

 

 

 

325,951

 

 

 

6,139

 

 

 

418,988

 

 

 

19,910

 

 

 

364,017

 

Other loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other construction

 

 

799,186

 

 

 

283,117

 

 

 

16,741

 

 

 

143,588

 

 

 

972

 

 

 

354,768

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,233,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,224,857

 

 

 

8,193

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,323,277

 

 

 

203,778

 

 

 

22,980

 

 

 

621,592

 

 

 

290,619

 

 

 

184,308

 

Consumer loans

 

 

155,356

 

 

 

22,461

 

 

 

7,754

 

 

 

102,459

 

 

 

19,225

 

 

 

3,457

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,036,694

 

 

 

95,707

 

 

 

35,179

 

 

 

684,640

 

 

 

45,335

 

 

 

175,833

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

449,307

 

 

 

80,019

 

 

 

13,017

 

 

 

277,384

 

 

 

64,803

 

 

 

14,084

 

LHFI

 

$

9,983,704

 

 

$

2,103,950

 

 

$

451,755

 

 

$

4,906,642

 

 

$

731,068

 

 

$

1,790,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region

 

Lots

 

$

67,471

 

 

$

21,575

 

 

$

11,036

 

 

$

26,266

 

 

$

1,373

 

 

$

7,221

 

Development

 

 

110,837

 

 

 

42,509

 

 

 

610

 

 

 

42,838

 

 

 

13,709

 

 

 

11,171

 

Unimproved land

 

 

108,607

 

 

 

33,232

 

 

 

14,333

 

 

 

31,363

 

 

 

11,568

 

 

 

18,111

 

1-4 family construction

 

 

255,987

 

 

 

117,406

 

 

 

22,312

 

 

 

71,072

 

 

 

12,495

 

 

 

32,702

 

Construction, land development and other

   land loans

 

$

542,902

 

 

$

214,722

 

 

$

48,291

 

 

$

171,539

 

 

$

39,145

 

 

$

69,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region

 

Nonowner-occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

$

400,595

 

 

$

162,007

 

 

$

31,393

 

 

$

106,249

 

 

$

25,339

 

 

$

75,607

 

Office

 

 

236,662

 

 

 

68,374

 

 

 

26,516

 

 

 

64,074

 

 

 

12,449

 

 

 

65,249

 

Hotel/motel

 

 

352,191

 

 

 

150,807

 

 

 

90,266

 

 

 

51,443

 

 

 

36,164

 

 

 

23,511

 

Mini-storage

 

 

135,538

 

 

 

23,176

 

 

 

2,392

 

 

 

62,461

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

47,119

 

Industrial

 

 

201,182

 

 

 

47,521

 

 

 

18,356

 

 

 

47,369

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

87,517

 

Health care

 

 

41,973

 

 

 

21,803

 

 

 

1,194

 

 

 

16,417

 

 

 

383

 

 

 

2,176

 

Convenience stores

 

 

16,773

 

 

 

3,289

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

3,134

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

9,777

 

Nursing homes/senior living

 

 

158,489

 

 

 

71,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,050

 

 

 

6,760

 

 

 

38,556

 

Other

 

 

78,407

 

 

 

10,075

 

 

 

7,261

 

 

 

25,585

 

 

 

8,846

 

 

 

26,640

 

Total nonowner-occupied loans

 

 

1,621,810

 

 

 

558,175

 

 

 

177,578

 

 

 

418,782

 

 

 

91,123

 

 

 

376,152

 

Owner-occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office

 

 

163,874

 

 

 

40,240

 

 

 

44,295

 

 

 

37,566

 

 

 

8,662

 

 

 

33,111

 

Churches

 

 

102,001

 

 

 

21,454

 

 

 

6,586

 

 

 

50,270

 

 

 

10,030

 

 

 

13,661

 

Industrial warehouses

 

 

177,666

 

 

 

12,410

 

 

 

3,169

 

 

 

49,610

 

 

 

17,122

 

 

 

95,355

 

Health care

 

 

141,491

 

 

 

26,787

 

 

 

7,525

 

 

 

94,096

 

 

 

2,327

 

 

 

10,756

 

Convenience stores

 

 

136,175

 

 

 

17,369

 

 

 

9,348

 

 

 

65,479

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

43,448

 

Retail

 

 

69,585

 

 

 

14,050

 

 

 

6,670

 

 

 

23,696

 

 

 

10,512

 

 

 

14,657

 

Restaurants

 

 

56,319

 

 

 

4,267

 

 

 

4,394

 

 

 

32,341

 

 

 

15,025

 

 

 

292

 

Auto dealerships

 

 

56,449

 

 

 

7,033

 

 

 

274

 

 

 

23,599

 

 

 

25,543

 

 

 

 

Nursing homes/senior living

 

 

176,746

 

 

 

58,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

97,079

 

 

 

4,941

 

 

 

4,038

 

 

 

63,534

 

 

 

813

 

 

 

23,753

 

Total owner-occupied loans

 

 

1,177,385

 

 

 

207,321

 

 

 

86,299

 

 

 

558,167

 

 

 

90,565

 

 

 

235,033

 

Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

$

2,799,195

 

 

$

765,496

 

 

$

263,877

 

 

$

976,949

 

 

$

181,688

 

 

$

611,185

 


Allowance for Credit Losses

LHFI

Trustmark’s ACL methodology for LHFI is based upon guidance within FASB ASC Subtopic 326-20, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses – Measured at Amortized Cost,” as well as applicable regulatory guidance.  The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans.  Credit quality within the LHFI portfolio is continuously monitored by Management and is reflected within the ACL for loans.  The ACL is an estimate of expected losses inherent within Trustmark’s existing LHFI portfolio.  The ACL on LHFI is adjusted through the provision for credit losses and reduced by the charge off of loan amounts, net of recoveries.  

The loan loss estimation process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique characteristics of Trustmark’s LHFI portfolio segments.  These segments are further disaggregated into loan classes, the level at which credit risk is estimated.  When computing allowance levels, credit loss assumptions are estimated using a model that categorizes loan pools based on loss history, delinquency status and other credit trends and risk characteristics, including current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts about the future.  Evaluations of the portfolio and individual credits are inherently subjective, as they require estimates, assumptions and judgments as to the facts and circumstances of particular situations.  

The econometric models currently in production reflect segment or pool level sensitivities of probability of default (PD) to changes in macroeconomic variables. By measuring the relationship between defaults and changes in the economy, the quantitative reserve incorporates reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions that will affect the value of its assets, as required by FASB ASC Topic 326. Under stable forecasts, these linear regressions will reasonably predict a pool’s PD.  However, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the macroeconomic variables used for reasonable and supportable forecasting have changed rapidly.  At the current levels, it is not clear that the models currently in production will produce reasonably representative results since the models were originally estimated using data beginning in 2004 through 2019.  During this period, a traditional, albeit severe, economic recession occurred.  Thus, econometric models are sensitive to similar future levels of PD.  

In order to prevent the econometric models from extrapolating beyond reasonable boundaries of their input variables, Trustmark chose to establish an upper and lower limit process when applying the periodic forecasts. In this way, Management will not rely upon unobserved and untested relationships in the setting of the quantitative reserve. This approach applies to all input variables, including: Southern Unemployment, National Unemployment, National GDP, Southern Vacancy Rate and the Prime Rate. The upper and lower limits are based on the distribution of the macroeconomic variable by selecting extreme percentiles at the upper and lower limits of the distribution, the 1st and 99th percentiles, respectively.  These upper and lower limits are then used to calculate the PD for the forecast time period in which the forecasted values are outside of the upper and lower limit range.  For the first quarter of 2021, the forecast related to the macroeconomic variables used in the quantitative modeling process were positively impacted due to the updated forecast effects related to the COVID-19 pandemic, causing an overall decrease in quantitative reserve levels.

The external factors qualitative factor is Management’s best judgement on the loan or pool level impact of all factors that affect the portfolio that are not accounted for using any other part of the ACL methodology (e.g., natural disasters, changes in legislation, impacts due to technology and pandemics).  During the third quarter of 2020, Trustmark activated the External Factor – Pandemic to ensure reserve adequacy for collectively evaluated loans most likely to be impacted by the unique economic and behavioral conditions created by the COVID-19 pandemic. Additional qualitative reserves are derived based on two principles. The first is the disconnect of economic factors to Trustmark’s modeled PD (derived from the econometric models underpinning the quantitative pooled reserves). During the pandemic, extraordinary measures by the federal government were made available to consumers and businesses, including COVID-19 loan payment concessions, direct transfer payments to households, tax deferrals and reduced interest rates, among others. These government interventions may have extended the lag between economic conditions and default, relative to what was captured in the model development data. Because Trustmark’s econometric PD models rely on the observed relationship from the economic downturn from 2007 to 2009 in both timing and severity, Management does not expect the models to reflect these current conditions. For example, while the models would predict contemporaneous unemployment peaks and loan defaults, this may not occur when borrowers can request payment deferrals. Thus, for the affected population, economic conditions are not fully considered as a part of Trustmark’s quantitative reserve.  The second principle is the change in risk that is identified by rating changes. As a part of Trustmark’s credit review process, loans in the affected population have been given more frequent screening to ensure accurate ratings are maintained through this dynamic period. Trustmark’s quantitative reserve does not directly address changes in ratings; thus, a migration qualitative factor was designed to work in concert with the quantitative reserve. In a downturn, the qualitative factor is inactive for most pools because changes in ratings are congruent with changes in macroeconomic conditions, which directly influence the PD models in the quantitative reserve.

As discussed above, the disconnect of economic factors means that changes in rating caused by deteriorating and weak economic conditions as a result of the pandemic are not being captured in the quantitative reserve.  During the fourth quarter of 2020, due to unforeseen pandemic conditions that varied from Management’s expectations during the third quarter of 2020, additional reserves


were further dimensioned in order to appropriately reflect the risk within the portfolio related to the COVID-19 pandemic.  In an effort to ensure the External Factor – Pandemic qualitative factor is reasonable and supportable, historical Trustmark loss data was leveraged to construct a framework that is quantitative in nature.  To dimension the additional reserve, Management uses the sensitivity of the quantitative commercial loan reserve to changes in macroeconomic conditions to apply to loans rated acceptable or better (risk rates 1-4).  In addition, to account for the known changes in risk, a weighted average of the commercial loan portfolio loss rate, derived from the performance trends qualitative factor, is used to dimension additional reserves for downgraded credits.  Loans rated acceptable with risk (risk rate 5) or watch (risk rate 6) received the additional reserves based on the average of the macroeconomic conditions and weighted average of the commercial loan portfolio loss rate while the loans rated special mention (risk rate 7) and substandard (risk rate 8) received additional reserves based on the weighted-average described above.

Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgement by Management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.  In future periods, evaluations of the overall LHFI portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance and credit loss expense.

For a complete description of Trustmark’s ACL methodology and the quantitative and qualitative factors included in the calculation, please see Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

At March 31, 2021, the ACL on LHFI was $109.2 million, a decrease of $8.1 million, or 6.9%, when compared with December 31, 2020.  The decrease in the ACL during the first three months of 2021 was principally due to improvements in the macroeconomic forecast used in the calculation of the ACL.  Allocation of Trustmark’s $109.2 million ACL on LHFI, represented 1.13% of commercial LHFI and 0.95% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an ACL to total LHFI of 1.09% as of March 31, 2021.  This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 1.19% at December 31, 2020, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 1.20% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 1.16%.

The following table presents changes in the ACL, LHFI for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

117,306

 

 

$

84,277

 

FASB ASU 2016-13 adoption adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

(3,039

)

Allowance for loan losses, acquired loans transfer

 

 

 

 

 

815

 

Acquired loans ACL adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

1,007

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(10,501

)

 

 

20,581

 

LHFI charged-off

 

 

(1,245

)

 

 

(5,545

)

Recoveries

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

2,468

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

(3,077

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

109,191

 

 

$

100,564

 

Net recoveries for the three months ended March 31, 2021 increased $5.5 million when compared to net charge-offs for the same time period in 2020.  The increase in net recoveries when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, was primarily due to declines in charge-offs in the Tennessee and Alabama market regions as well as an increase in recoveries in the Mississippi market region.

The following table presents the net (charge-offs) recoveries by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Alabama

 

$

102

 

 

$

(1,080

)

Florida

 

 

30

 

 

 

64

 

Mississippi

 

 

2,207

 

 

 

126

 

Tennessee

 

 

47

 

 

 

(2,186

)

Texas

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Total net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

$

2,386

 

 

$

(3,077

)


The provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 totaled -0.41% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI), compared to 0.86% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI) for the same time period in 2020.  The negative provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2021 primarily reflected improvements in the macroeconomic forecast used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.

The provision for credit losses for all loan classes, with the exception of commercial and industrial LHFI, was negative for the first quarter of 2021, primarily reflecting improvement of the macroeconomic forecasting variables used in the ACL modeling, such as National and Southern Unemployment, National GDP, Prime Rate and South Vacancy Rate.  The provision for credit losses related to commercial and industrial LHFI totaled $4.1 million for the first quarter of 2021, primarily due to specific reserves recorded for loans of one borrower.

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

Trustmark maintains a separate ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, which is included on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.  Expected credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are estimated by calculating a commitment usage factor over the contractual period for exposures that are not unconditionally cancellable by Trustmark.  Trustmark calculates a loan pool level unfunded amount for the period.  Trustmark calculates an expected funding rate each period which is applied to each pool’s unfunded commitment balances to ensure that reserves will be applied to each pool based upon balances expected to be funded based upon historical levels.  Additionally, a reserve rate is applied to the unfunded commitment balance, which incorporates both quantitative and qualitative aspects of the current period’s expected credit loss rate.  The reserve rate is loan pool specific and is applied to the unfunded amount to ensure loss factors, both quantitative and qualitative, are being considered on the unfunded portion of the loan pool, consistent with the methodology applied to the funded loan pools.  See the section captioned “Lending Related” in Note 12 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report for complete description of Trustmark’s ACL methodology on off-balance sheet credit exposures.

Adjustments to the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures are recorded to credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures in noninterest expense. Trustmark recorded a credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures of a negative $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, resulting in an ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures of $29.2 million at March 31, 2021.  Trustmark recorded a credit loss expense related to off-balance sheet credit exposures of $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, resulting in an ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures of $36.4 million at March 31, 2020.  The decrease in the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was primarily due to net changes in the overall economy and macroeconomic factors used in the quantitative calculation of the ACL.


Nonperforming Assets

The table below provides the components of nonperforming assets by geographic market region at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

$

9,161

 

 

$

9,221

 

Florida

 

 

607

 

 

 

572

 

Mississippi

 

 

35,534

 

 

 

35,015

 

Tennessee

 

 

12,451

 

 

 

12,572

 

Texas

 

 

5,761

 

 

 

5,748

 

Total nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

63,514

 

 

 

63,128

 

Other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

 

3,085

 

 

 

3,271

 

Florida

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

7,566

 

 

 

8,330

 

Tennessee

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Texas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other real estate

 

 

10,651

 

 

 

11,651

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

74,165

 

 

$

74,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets/total loans (LHFI and LHFS) and ORE

 

 

0.71

%

 

 

0.73

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

$

2,593

 

 

$

1,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFS - Guaranteed GNMA serviced loans (1)

 

$

109,566

 

 

$

119,409

 

(1)

No obligation to repurchase.

See the previous discussion of LHFS for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase and the impact of Trustmark’s repurchases of delinquent mortgage loans under the GNMA optional repurchase program.

Nonaccrual LHFI

At March 31, 2021, nonaccrual LHFI totaled $63.5 million, or 0.61% of total LHFS and LHFI, reflecting an increase of $386 thousand, or 0.6%, relative to December 31, 2020.  The increase in nonaccrual LHFI during the first three months of 2021 was primarily due to LHFI placed on nonaccrual status largely offset by one large commercial credit which was returned to accrual status as well as pay-offs of nonaccrual LHFI in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region.  

As of March 31, 2021, nonaccrual energy-related LHFI totaled $10.0 million and represented 9.4% of Trustmark’s total energy-related portfolio, compared to $10.4 million, or 10.2% of Trustmark’s total energy-related portfolio, as of December 31, 2020.  For additional information regarding nonaccrual LHFI, see the section captioned “Nonaccrual and Past Due LHFI” included in Note 3 – LHFI and Allowance for Credit Losses, LHFI in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate at March 31, 2021 decreased $1.0 million, or 8.6%, when compared with December 31, 2020.  The decrease in other real estate was principally due to properties sold in Trustmark’s Mississippi, Alabama and Tennessee market regions.


The following tables illustrate changes in other real estate by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

11,651

 

 

$

3,271

 

 

$

 

 

$

8,330

 

 

$

50

 

 

$

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(850

)

 

 

(136

)

 

 

 

 

 

(654

)

 

 

(60

)

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

(150

)

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

(110

)

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

10,651

 

 

$

3,085

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,566

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

29,248

 

 

$

8,133

 

 

$

5,877

 

 

$

14,919

 

 

$

319

 

 

$

 

Additions

 

 

336

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(3,741

)

 

 

(1,221

)

 

 

(987

)

 

 

(1,493

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

(996

)

 

 

(760

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(157

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

24,847

 

 

$

6,229

 

 

$

4,835

 

 

$

13,296

 

 

$

487

 

 

$

 

Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against the reserve for other real estate write-downs or net income in other real estate expense, if a reserve does not exist.  Write-downs of other real estate decreased $846 thousand, or 84.9%, when the first three months of 2021 is compared to the same time period in 2020, primarily due to a decrease in write-downs of other real estate properties in the Alabama, Florida and Mississippi market region and properties sold for which a reserve for write-down was previously recorded.

For additional information regarding other real estate, please see Note 5 – Other Real Estate included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Deposits

Trustmark’s deposits are its primary source of funding and consist of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves.  Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  Total deposits were $14.383 billion at March 31, 2021 compared to $14.049 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $334.7 million, or 2.4%, reflecting increases in deposit accounts as customers deposited proceeds from line draws, PPP loans and other COVID-19 related stimulus programs.  During the first three months of 2021, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $357.0 million, or 8.2%, due to growth across all types of noninterest-bearing deposit accounts.  Interest-bearing deposits decreased $22.3 million, or 0.2%, during the first three months of 2021, primarily due to declines in public interest checking accounts and all categories of certificates of deposits, largely offset by growth in all other categories of interest-bearing deposit accounts.

Borrowings

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and short-term FHLB advances, to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth.  See the section captioned “Liquidity” for further discussion of the components of Trustmark’s excess funding capacity.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements totaled $161.0 million at March 31, 2021 compared to $164.5 million at December 31, 2020, a decrease of $3.5 million, or 2.1%, and represented customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repurchase balances.  Trustmark had no upstream federal funds purchased at March 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.

Other borrowings totaled $146.0 million at March 31, 2021, a decrease of $22.3 million, or 13.2%, when compared with $168.3 million at December 31, 2020, primarily due to the decrease in the amount of GNMA loans eligible for repurchase.  

Legal Environment

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of Note 12 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Lending Related” of Note 12 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due from Trustmark under specified long-term and certain other binding contractual obligations were scheduled in Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report.  The most significant obligations, other than obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings, were for operating leases for banking facilities.  There have been no material changes in Trustmark’s contractual obligations since year-end.

Capital Resources

At March 31, 2021, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.760 billion, an increase of $18.6 million, or 1.1%, when compared to December 31, 2020.  During the first three months of 2021, shareholders’ equity increased primarily as a result of net income of $52.0 million, partially offset by a decline in the fair market value of securities available for sale, net of tax, of $16.4 million, common stock dividends of $14.7 million and common stock repurchases of $4.2 million.  Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios.  This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities and protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions, while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  AOCI is not included in computing regulatory capital.  Trustmark has elected the five-year phase-in transition period (through December 31, 2024) related to adopting FASB ASU 2016-13 for regulatory capital purposes.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2021, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2021.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2021, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.  

During the fourth quarter of 2020, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of $125.0 million of subordinated notes.  The subordinated notes were sold at an underwriting discount of 1.2%, resulting in net proceeds to Trustmark of $123.5 million before deducting offering expenses. At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020,the carrying amount of the subordinated notes was $122.9 million.  The subordinated notes mature December 1, 2030 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option under certain circumstances.  For regulatory capital purposes, the subordinated notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for Trustmark at December 31, 2020.  Trustmark may utilize the full carrying value of the subordinated notes as Tier 2 capital until December 1, 2025 (five years prior to maturity).  Beginning December 1, 2025, the subordinated notes will phase out of Tier 2 capital at a rate of 20.0% each year until maturity.

In 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities.  For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital.  Trustmark intends to continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (the Trust) as Tier 1 capital up to the regulatory limit, as permitted by the grandfather provision in the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Final Rule.

Refer to the section captioned “Regulatory Capital” included in Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report for an illustration of Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.


Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 were $0.23.  Trustmark’s indicated dividend for 2021 is $0.92 per common share, which is the same as dividends per common share declared in 2020.

Stock Repurchase Program

The Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program effective April 1, 2019, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common shares could be acquired through March 31, 2020.  Trustmark repurchased approximately 887 thousand shares of its outstanding common stock valued at $27.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020.  Under this authority, Trustmark repurchased approximately 1.5 million shares valued at $47.2 million.

On January 28, 2020, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a new stock repurchase program, effective April 1, 2020, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through December 31, 2021.  On March 9, 2020, Trustmark suspended its share repurchase programs to preserve capital to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.  Trustmark resumed the repurchase of its shares in January 2021.  Under this authority, Trustmark repurchased approximately 145 thousand shares of its outstanding common stock valued at $4.2 million during the first quarter of 2021.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or private transactions, depending on market conditions, and in conjunction with its disciplined share repurchase framework.  There is no guarantee as to the number of shares that may be repurchased by Trustmark, and Trustmark may discontinue repurchases at any time at Management’s discretion.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes.  Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity.  Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements.  Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds.  Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.

The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits.  Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity.  Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.

Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source.  Average deposits totaled to $14.138 billion for the first three months of 2021 and represented approximately 84.8% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity, compared to average deposits of $11.359 billion, which represented 83.3% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for the first three months of 2020.

Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources.  At March 31, 2021, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $28.8 million compared to $28.1 million at December 31, 2020.

At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Trustmark had no upstream federal funds purchased.  Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines to provide sufficient short-term liquidity.  

Trustmark maintains a relationship with the FHLB of Dallas, which provided no outstanding short-term or long-term advances at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  Trustmark had a $600.0 million letter of credit outstanding with the FHLB of Dallas at both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances or letters of credit with the FHLB of Dallas by $2.750 billion at March 31, 2021.  

In addition, at March 31, 2021, Trustmark had $612 thousand in short-term and $112 thousand in long-term FHLB advances outstanding with the FHLB of Atlanta, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger, compared to $625 thousand in short-term and $116 thousand in long-term FHLB advances at December 31, 2020.  Trustmark has non-member status and thus no additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Atlanta.


Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to leverage its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had approximately $962.0 million available in unencumbered agency securities compared to $560.0 million at December 31, 2020.

Another borrowing source is the Discount Window.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had approximately $872.3 million available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window primarily from pledges of commercial and industrial LHFI, compared with $893.5 million at December 31, 2020.

Additionally, on March 15, 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB reduced reserve requirements for insured depository institutions to zero percent, which increased TNB’s available liquidity.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, Trustmark agreed to issue and sell $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.625% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes. The subordinated notes were sold at an underwriting discount of 1.2%, resulting in net proceeds to Trustmark of $123.5 million before deducting offering expenses. At both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020,the carrying amount of the subordinated notes was $122.9 million.  The subordinated notes mature December 1, 2030 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option under certain circumstances. The subordinated notes are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all of Trustmark’s existing and future senior indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured. The subordinated notes are obligations of Trustmark only and are not obligations of, and are not guaranteed by, any of its subsidiaries, including TNB. Trustmark intends to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, the Trust.  The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option.  The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.

The Board of Directors of Trustmark currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value.  The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by Management and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy.  Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.

Asset/Liability Management

Overview

Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices.  Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk.  Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities.  Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates.  Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.

On March 5, 2021, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, confirmed that the publication of most LIBOR term rates will end on June 30, 2023 (excluding 1-week U.S. LIBOR and 2-month U.S. LIBOR, the publication of which will end on December 31, 2021).  Trustmark has a significant number of loans, derivative contracts, borrowings and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR.  The transition from LIBOR could create considerable costs and additional risk.  Trustmark cannot predict what the ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR will be; however, failure to adequately manage the transition could have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s business, financial condition and results of operations.  Trustmark has organized an internal LIBOR Transition Working Group to identify operational and contractual best practices, assess its risk, manage the transition, facilitate communication with its customers and monitor the impacts.  For additional information regarding the transition from LIBOR and Trustmark’s management of this transition, please see the respective risk factor included in Part I. Item 1A. – Risk Factors, of Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report.

Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors of Trustmark.  A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.


Derivatives

Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies.  The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors.  As a general matter, the values of these instruments are designed to be inversely related to the values of the assets that they hedge (i.e., if the value of the hedged asset falls, the value of the related hedge rises).  In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivatives contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers.  These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes.  Increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivatives programs.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking business, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized.  Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  The gross notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $609.1 million at March 31, 2021, with a positive valuation adjustment of $10.6 million, compared to $706.8 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $6.4 million at December 31, 2020.

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting under GAAP.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments was $379.0 million at March 31, 2021 compared to $326.5 million at December 31, 2020.  These exchange-traded derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded as noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $270 thousand and $9.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Trustmark offers certain interest rate derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk under loans they have entered into with TNB.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships under GAAP and are, therefore, carried on Trustmark’s financial statements at fair value with the change in fair value recorded as noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  The Chicago Mercantile Exchange rules legally characterize variation margin collateral payments made or received for centrally cleared interest rate swaps as settlements rather than collateral.  As a result, centrally cleared interest rate swaps included in other assets and other liabilities are presented on a net basis in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  As of March 31, 2021, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $1.172 billion related to this program, compared to $1.125 billion as of December 31, 2020.

Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be deemed to be in default on its derivatives obligations.

At March 31, 2021, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $980 thousand compared to $1.3 million at December 31, 2020.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had posted collateral of $1.3 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2021, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value (which is expected to approximate fair market value).


Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third-party default on the underlying swap.  At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had entered into five risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $49.3 million, compared to three risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $41.1 million at December 31, 2020. At March 31, 2021, Trustmark had entered into twenty-two risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $172.0 million, compared to twenty-four risk participation agreements as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $172.0 million at December 31, 2020.  The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at both March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Trustmark’s participation in the derivatives markets is subject to increased federal regulation of these markets.  Trustmark believes that it may continue to use financial derivatives to manage interest rate risk and also to offer derivatives products to certain qualified commercial lending clients in compliance with the Volcker Rule.  However, the increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets has increased the cost to Trustmark of administering its derivatives programs.  Some of these costs (particularly compliance costs related to the Volcker Rule and other federal regulations) are expected to recur in the future.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business.  This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Management’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure.  Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact on net interest income caused by changes in interest rates.  Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet.  Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior.  In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.

Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, the table below summarizes the effect various one-year interest rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income compared to a base case, flat scenario at March 31, 2021 and 2020.  At March 31, 2021 and 2020, the impact of a 200-basis point drop scenario was excluded from the table below due to the low interest rate environment.

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Interest Income

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

+200 basis points

 

 

24.4

%

 

 

5.9

%

+100 basis points

 

 

12.8

%

 

 

3.0

%

-100 basis points

 

 

-8.4

%

 

 

-10.9

%

Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2021 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.  Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.

Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates.  The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods.  Trustmark uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate.  The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows.  The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments.  

The following table summarizes the effect that various interest rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at March 31, 2021 and 2020.  Based upon quarter-end current and implied market rates, scenarios reflecting lower rates could result in negative interest rates. The U.S. has never experienced an interest rate environment where the FRB has a negative interest rate policy. While the impact of negative interest rates on earnings-at-risk would vary by scenario, a parallel shift downward would be expected to negatively impact net interest income. However, in a negative interest rate environment, the modeling assumptions used for certain assets and liabilities


require additional management judgment and therefore, the actual outcomes may differ from the modeled assumptions. At March 31, 2021 and 2020, the results of the 100-basis point drop scenario and the 200-basis point drop scenario were excluded from the table below due to the low interest rate environment.

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Portfolio Value

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

+200 basis points

 

 

11.9

%

 

 

8.7

%

+100 basis points

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

5.6

%

Trustmark determines the fair value of the MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees.  Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly.  Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal.  The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk.  Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.

By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates.  These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant.  Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of the MSR requires significant management judgment.

At March 31, 2021, the MSR fair value was $83.0 million, compared to $56.4 million at March 31, 2020.  The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at March 31, 2021, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $4.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, compared to a decline in fair value of approximately $3.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively, at March 31, 2020.  Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.

Critical Accounting Policies

For an overview of Trustmark’s critical accounting policies, see the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies” included in Part II. Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report.  There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s critical accounting policies during the first three months of 2021.

For additional information regarding Trustmark’s basis of presentation and accounting policies, see Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete list of recently adopted and pending accounting policies and the impact on Trustmark, see Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

ITEM 3.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this item is included in the discussion of Market/Interest Rate Risk Management found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.


ITEM 4.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer concluded that Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of Note 12 – Contingencies in Part I. Item 1 – Financial Statements of this report.

In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Trustmark believes, based on its evaluation and the advice of legal counsel, that a loss in any such proceeding is not probable and reasonably estimable.  All matters will continue to be monitored for further developments that would make such loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable.  In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, Trustmark cannot predict the eventual outcomes of the currently pending matters or the timing of their ultimate resolution.  Trustmark currently believes, however, based upon the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation and after taking into account its current insurance coverage, that the legal proceedings currently pending should not have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s consolidated financial condition.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

There has been no material change in the risk factors previously disclosed in Trustmark’s 2020 Annual Report.

ITEM 2.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

On January 28, 2020, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a new stock repurchase program, effective April 1, 2020, under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through December 31, 2021.  On March 9, 2020, Trustmark suspended its share repurchase programs to preserve capital to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.  Trustmark resumed the repurchase of its shares in January 2021.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or private transactions, depending on market conditions, and in conjunction with its disciplined share repurchase framework.  There is no guarantee as to the number of shares that may be repurchased by Trustmark, and Trustmark may discontinue repurchases at any time at Management’s discretion.

The following table provides information with respect to purchases by Trustmark or made on behalf of Trustmark of its common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2021 ($ in thousands, except per share amounts):

Period

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

 

Average Price Paid Per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan

 

 

Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan at the End of the Period

 

January 1, 2021 to January 31, 2021

 

 

16,000

 

 

$

27.84

 

 

 

16,000

 

 

$

99,555

 

February 1, 2021 to February 28, 2021

 

 

128,981

 

 

 

28.98

 

 

 

128,981

 

 

 

95,817

 

March 1, 2021 to March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,817

 

Total

 

 

144,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

144,981

 

 

 

 

 


ITEM 3.

DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 5.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 6.

EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference.

EXHIBIT INDEX

31-a

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31-b

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32-a

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32-b

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101

Inline XBRL Interactive Data.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

BY:

/s/ Duane A. Dewey

BY:

/s/ Thomas C. Owens

Duane A. Dewey

Thomas C. Owens

President and Chief Executive Officer

Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer

DATE:

May 6, 2021

DATE:

May 6, 2021

90